Aquatherm - Green - Pipe - Catalogue - 2020

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 172

aquatherm green pipe

Pipe system made of polypropylene


For potable water supply

aquatherm
state of the pipe
NEW SINCE THE LAST VERSION

Page Change

24 Revision fire protection

48 Drilling under pressure

88 Explanatory comments on the aquatherm GmbH warranty

95 Minimum flow pressure

96 Coefficient of loss

98 Notice on planning & design of compressed air applications

from 100 Updated product list

NOTE:
aquatherm green pipe and aquatherm blue pipe are divided in separate catalogues. The order number for the aquatherm blue pipe catalogue is E10050.
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Service 4 Thermal insulation of hot water pipes 75


Insulation thickness 76
Product overview 6 Pressure test 77
Short cuts & symbols 8 Pressure test – test record 79
Flushing of pipes/Earth wire/Transport and storage 81
Systems & features Water point connections 82
Distribution block 83
aquatherm polypropylene pipe systems 10 Insulation for distribution block/aquatherm distribution block 85
aquatherm green pipe  11
Composite technology 14 Chemical resistance 87
aquatherm green pipe ti 15
Potable water installation & heating systems 16 Warranty 88
Comparison of the water content per meter 18
Ring stiffness 19 Planning
Permissible working pressure  20
UV-resistance22 DIN 1988 T3/Maximum flow rate/Principles of calculation 92
Chemical and thermal disinfection 22 CAD and BIM data
Integration of other systems or components 23 Minimum flow pressure 93
Domestic hot water recirculation Coefficient of loss aquatherm green pipe fittings 96
Fire protection 24 Planning & design of compressed air applications 98
Material: fusiolen® 28 Coefficient of loss aquatherm green pipe distribution block 99
aquatherm & ecology 29
Hygienic suitability/Sound Insulation 29 Product list  100
Environmental Product Declaration and LEED certification 30
aquatherm green pipe pipes
Quality assurance Fastening material
Fittings
Compliance with the system standard/Quality management 31 Weld-in saddles
System control/Internal control 32 Weld-on saddles
External control 34 Flange adapter & flanges
Coupling screws & back plate elbows
Fusion: Welding technology Screwed connections & counter parts
Electrofusion sockets
Part A: Tools and accessoires 38 Transition pieces & counterparts
Part A: Assembly of welding tools 39 Distributors
Part A: H
 eating up phase/handling 40 Valves & accessories
Guidelines Cutting tools & welding devices
Part B: C
 hecking of devices and tools 41 Welding machines & welding jig
Preparation for the fusion Butt welding machines & electrofusion device
Part B: H
 eating of pipe and fitting 42 Peeling tools
Setting and alignment Saddle welding tools
Part B: Universal peeling tools 43 Drills & saddle peeling tool
Part C: Weld-in saddles 45 Hot tapping tool
Part C: Weld-on saddle 48
Part D: Pulling jig (hitch) 49
Part E: Welding machines 52
Part E: Electrofusion device 54
Repair options 57
Part G: Butt-welding 58
Visual inspection of fusion seam 60
Flange connections 62

Installation principles

Fastening technique/Fixed points/Sliding points 63


Installation advice/Linear expansion/Concealed installation 63
Installation in ducts 64
Open installation/Calculation of the linear expansion 65
Linear expansion 66
Pipe clamps 68
Bending side 69
Expansion loop/Pre-stress/Bellow expansion joint 70
Length of bending side 71
Length of bending side with pre-stress 72
Support intervals 73

3
SERVICE
TECHNICAL HOTLINE
+49 2722 950 200
[email protected] www.aquatherm.de

{ {
Headquarters Attendorn Subsidiary Radeberg
aquatherm GmbH aquatherm GmbH
Biggen 5 Wilhelm-Rönsch-Str. 4
57439 Attendorn 01454 Radeberg
Germany Germany
Phone: +49 2722 950 0 Phone: +49 3528 4362 0

Technical sales Training Trade shows

Whether briefing on site, system In addition to the proven lectures aquatherm is represented with its
briefing in your workshop or coun- and counter events in the specia- own booth at all important sanitary
ter events and tool days at the lized trade and the training at the and HVAC trade shows in Germany
specialized trade: In addition to the guild associations, aquatherm regu- and abroad. Information on trade
regular training in Attendorn, the larly offers specialist seminars and fair dates in your area are avail-
aquatherm application engineers information events at the training able at www.aquatherm.de in the
are every day and everywhere in center in Attendorn. ­„service“ area.
Germany on the way.

A list of our partners worldwide


can be found on our website
www.aquatherm.de in the category
„contact“.

4
Certifications in accordance with ISO 9001, 14001 & 50001
Since 1996 aquatherm fulfills the requirements of the quality management system according to DIN ISO 9001. The 2012 TÜV
certificate was extended by the environmental management system according to ISO 14001 and currently by the energy
management system according to ISO 50001.

This success is another step towards strengthening our competitive position and to meet the high requirements and the
responsibility for our customers, partners and the environment.

Management
System
ISO 9001:2015
ISO 14001:2015
ISO 50001:2011

www.tuv.com
ID 0091005348

Certificate
Standard ISO 50001:2011
Certificate Registr. No. 01 407 0101467

Certificate Holder: aquatherm GmbH


Biggen 5
57439 Attendorn
Germany

including the locations according to annex

Scope: Development, Production and Sale of System elements for


sanitary-/heating-applications and fixed fire fighting systems

Proof has been furnished by means of an audit that the


requirements of ISO 50001:2011 are met.
® TÜV, TUEV and TUV are registered trademarks. Utilisation and application requires prior approval.

Validity: The certificate is valid from 2019-01-21 until 2021-08-20.


First certification 2013

2019-01-24
TÜV Rheinland Cert GmbH
Am Grauen Stein · 51105 Köln

www.tuv.com

SERVICE
Laboratory Software service Brochures and more

From testing of granulate properties The aquatherm software service No matter if brochures, catalogues
to permanent process monitoring: provides Datanorm files, BIM-­ or product lists: everything is de-
Only perfect goods have the chance compatible files, an independent veloped by our in-house marketing
to leave aquatherm. graphical configuration program department. All documents can
(liNear) as well as the appropriate be downloaded as PDF from our
training on site. website www.aquatherm.de. For
printed copies just send an e-mail to
[email protected].

5
PRODUCTS
aquatherm is the leading manufacturer of polypropylene pipe systems for plant engineering and building services. The numerous product lines provide superior
solutions in potable water applications, heating systems, fire sprinkler systems, air-conditioning and refrigeration technology, as well as in surface heating and
cooling systems. The product range comprises almost 17,000 articles in six product lines.

Dimension [mm]

16 17 20 25 32 40 50 63 75 90 110 125 160 200 250 315 355 400

aquatherm green pipe SDR 6 S l l l l l l l l l l

aquatherm green pipe SDR 7.4 S l l l l l l l

aquatherm green pipe SDR 7.4 MF l l l l l l l l l l l l l

aquatherm green pipe SDR 7.4 MF UV l l l l l l l l l l l l l

aquatherm green pipe SDR 9 MF RP l l l l l l l l l l l l l

aquatherm green pipe SDR 9 MF RP UV l l l l l l l l l l l l l

aquatherm green pipe SDR 9 MF RP TI l l l l l l l l l l l l l

aquatherm green pipe SDR 11 S l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l

aquatherm green pipe SDR 11 MF l

aquatherm blue pipe SDR 7.4 MF l l

aquatherm blue pipe SDR 7.4 MF UV l l

aquatherm blue pipe SDR 7.4 MF OT l l

aquatherm blue pipe SDR 9 MF RP l

aquatherm blue pipe SDR 9 MF RP UV l

aquatherm blue pipe SDR 9 MF RP OT l

aquatherm blue pipe SDR 9 MF RP TI l

aquatherm blue pipe SDR 9 MF RP OT TI l

aquatherm blue pipe SDR 11 S l l

aquatherm blue pipe SDR 11 MF RP l l l l l l l l l l l l l

aquatherm blue pipe SDR 11 MF RP UV l l l l l l l l l l l l l

aquatherm blue pipe SDR 11 MF RP OT l l l l l l l l l l

aquatherm blue pipe SDR 11 MF RP TI l l l l l l l l l l l l

aquatherm blue pipe SDR 11 MF RP OT TI l l l l l l l l l l

aquatherm blue pipe SDR 17.6 MF RP l l l l l l l

aquatherm blue pipe SDR 17.6 MF RP UV l l l l l l l

aquatherm blue pipe SDR 17.6 MF RP TI l l l l l l

aquatherm red pipe SDR 7.4 MF HI l l l l l l l l

aquatherm black system M OT

aquatherm orange system M OT l l l l

aquatherm grey pipe M OT l l l

6
SYSTEMS

ABBREVIATIONS
S single-layer UV UV-resistant

M multi-layer OT oxygen-tight

MF multi-layer, fibre-reinforced TI thermally isolated

RP raised pressure resistance HI hardly inflammable

Application areas

450 500 630 potable building swimming chemical recycled & fire com­ district geo­ ship­ refrigeration
water services pool fluids reclaimed protection pressed heating thermal building & air
water air conditioning

l m m l m m m m l m

l m m l m m m m l m

l m m l m m m m l m

l m m l m m m m l m

l m m l m m m m l m

l m m l m m m m l m

l m m l m m m m l m

l m m l m m m m l m

l l m m l m m m m l m

l l l m l l l l l

l l l m l l l l l

l l l m l l l l l

l l l m l l l l l

l l l m l l l l l

l l l m l l l l l

l l l m l l l l l

l l l m l l l l l

l l l m l l l l l

l l l l m l l l l l

l l l l m l l l l l

l l l m l l l l l

l l l m l l l l l

l l l m l l l l l

l l l l l l m l l l l l

l l l l l l m l l l l l

l l l m l l l l l

l m l l m m l l l

System recommended due to its technical advantages: l


Application of the system is suitable: m
7
SHORT CUTS & SYMBOLS

Abbreviations pipe structure Abbreviations material


S single-layer PP polypropylene
M multi-layer PP-R polypropylene random copolymer
MF multi-layer, fibre-reinforced polypropylen random copolymer
RP raised pressure resistance PP-RCT
with raised pressure resistance
UV UV-resistant polyethylene with raised temperature
PE-RT
OT oxygen-tight resistance
TI thermally isolated

✦ = O nly available on request.

APPLICATION AREAS

Potable water application Sports floor heating and cooling

Heating system construction Swimming pool technology

Heating and cooling connection Chemical transport

Underfloor heating Rainwater application


+C°

Wall heating Irrigation


+C°

Ceiling heating and cooling Fire protection sprinkler-systems


+/-C°

Industrial floor cooling Shipbuilding


-C°

Industrial floor heating District heating


+C°

Chilled water technology Geothermal

Agriculture

8
Dear readers,

We are always making decisions – in every minute of every hour of every day.
At this moment, you have decided to open our catalogue to consciously find out
more about our company aquatherm.
1973 
aquatherm founded by Gerhard Rosenberg

Without knowing the reason behind your decision, we can promise you one thing, 1981 
development of the first pipe system made of
namely that the insight into our colourful, yet always slightly green tinged, aqua- polypropylene; the colour green becomes a
characteristic feature of aquatherm
therm world is sure to impress you!
1991 subsidiary Radeberg was founded
As a family business which is passionate about all it does we, together with our
employees, confidently meet all challenges and, in doing so, are able to trustfully 1996 
first certification of the quality management
system in accordance with ISO 9001
call upon values which have defined our company for already more than four
successful decades. 1997 foundation of the sales company in Italy

1999 
development of fusiotherm® faser
We know where we want to go without forgetting where we came from. Hereby
composite pipe
we like to live with the role of not being a “normal” business. The characteristics
“being different” and “special” represent our motivation in all that we do to be 2001 aquatherm operates in more than
the best. 50 export markets

2002 market launch of the aquatherm blue pipe


We are “state of the pipe” because we act independently and decisively and are
hereby always reliable which makes us the leading manufacturer of polypropyle- 2005 
market launch of the aquatherm red pipe and
ne pipes. aquatherm black system

2010 
system expansion of the pipe size to
We were, are and will remain as this – promise! max. ø630 mm

2010 
Christof, Dirk and Maik Rosenberg assume
But see for yourself and decide upon aquatherm not only in the next few moments
company management
but also in the long term.
2012 
first certification of the environment ­management
system in accordance with ISO 14001
Best wishes
2012 
market launch of the material
fusiolen® PP-RP

2013 
first certification of the energy management
system in accordance with ISO 50001
Christof Rosenberg Dirk Rosenberg
2015 
foundation of the sales company in
Managing Director Managing Director North America

2017 
opening of the new pipe extrusion plant

2018 opening of the new injection moulding facility

2018 foundation of the sales company in England

Maik Rosenberg Gerhard Rosenberg 2019 expansion of the industrial prefabrication operation
Managing Director President of the Advisory Board

9
SYSTEM

aquatherm pipe systems

AQUATHERM POLYPROPYLENE PIPE SYSTEMS AQUATHERM PIPE SYSTEMS

The history of the aquatherm pipe systems began in 1973 when Gerhard Characteristics
Rosenberg founded a company for warm water underfloor heating systems.
Initially, the owner´s garage and basemant served as the company´s headqua- aquatherm polypropylene pipe systems stop corrosion damages. All materi-
ters and production facility. A lot has happened since then. als are corrosion-resistant and have reduced flow noise compared to metallic
pipes. aquatherm pipes are opaque. There is therefore no risk of algae forma-
In the past more than 40 years, aquatherm has developed into the world´s lead- tion.
ing manufacturer of plastic pipe systems made of polypropylene for plant en-
gineering and building services. The numerous product lines provide superior Installation
solutions in potable water applications, heating systems, fire sprinkler systems,
air conditioning and refrigeration technology, as well as in surface heating and aquatherm pipes and fittings are connected by heat fusion, which creates a
cooling systems. The product range comprises of almost 17,000 articles in six homogeneous, cohesive unit with no leak paths. Heat fusion connections are
product lines. stronger than the pipe itself, providing lasting safety at these critical points of
a piping system. A properly executed aquatherm fusion creates a permanent
leakproof connection.
Due to their special material properties, the aquatherm pipe systems convince
by their diverse application possibilities. An aquatherm pipe with an outside diameter of 20 mm can be heat fused in
only 5 seconds.
The aquatherm pipe systems can be used in all areas of new installation, repair
and renovation. aquatherm pipe connections can be hydraulic pressure tested or put into op-
eration directly after their fusion. There are no waiting times.

Quality

Quality is very important to aquatherm. This is not only reflected in the national
and international certification marks, but also in the high satisfaction level of
aquatherm customers, installers and engineers. For more details regarding
quality and certificates see page 31.

Warranty

Due to the high product quality, aquatherm offers a 10-years warranty on all
pipes and fittings instead of the 2 years applicalbe under German law. The
extended warranty period is covered by a comprehensive insurance policy from
a leading insurance company in our industry. For details, see the Warranty
section of this catalogue.

Price advantage

aquatherm offers you high quality, durable piping systems at an optimal


price / performance ratio.

10
SYSTEM

aquatherm green pipe

aquatherm green pipe SYSTEM COMPONENTS


aquatherm green pipe has revolutionized the plastic piping sector and has The systems including all elements for the pipe system installation for chilled,
proven its technical suitability worldwide for decades. The innovative green hot fluid and various industrial applications.
pipe from aquatherm is made of corrosion-resistant, chemically inert poly-
propylene. It is completely free of heavy metals and toxic chemicals and thus • Pipes in straight lengths and / or coils
ideally suited for potable water applications. aquatherm green pipe also can • Fittings
be used for swimming pools, agriculture, shipbuilding, or the transport of • Flanged joints
chemicals. It is joined using reliable heat fusion, which eliminates the ha- • Water point connections and accessories
zards of welding and creates virtually leak-free connections. • Welding devices and machines
• Weld-in saddles
The system includes the different types of pipes SDR 6, SDR 7.4, SDR 9 and • Manifolds
SDR 11. More than 450 joining and connection elements as well as valves • Shut-off devices
and ball valves complete the system. • Cutting and peeling tools
• Installation guide and fastenings
The products are available from 16 mm to 450 mm external diameter. • Transition joints from PP to metal or from metal to PP

APPLICATION AREAS
System recommended due to its technical advantages:l Application of the system is suitable: m aquatherm green pipe
Potable water application l
Heating system construction m
Air conditioning technology m
Chilled water technology m
Swimming pool technology m
Chemical transport due to high chemical resistance* l
Rainwater application m
Irrigation l
Compressed air systems m
Underfloor heating systems m
Shipbuilding l
District heating and cooling m
Geothermal m
Agriculture l
* For resistance requirements, information regarding the medium and operating conditions (operating pressure and operating temperature) are required. The corres-
ponding inquiry form can be found on page 87.

11
SYSTEM

aquatherm green pipe


Pipe system made of polypropylene
for potable water supply
SDR: 6 SDR: 7.4 SDR: 11
ø: 16–110 mm ø: 16–63 mm ø: 20–355 mm

Type of pipe: Type of pipe: Type of pipe:


aquatherm green pipe S aquatherm green pipe S aquatherm green pipe S

16 mm

20 mm

25 mm

32 mm

40 mm

50 mm

63 mm

75 mm

90 mm

110 mm

125 mm

160 mm

200 mm

250 mm

315 mm

355 mm

400 mm

450 mm SDR 11
SDR 6

SDR 9
SDR 7.4

12
SYSTEM

SDR: 7.4 / 9 SDR: 7.4 / 9 SDR: 9


ø: 20–355 mm ø: 20–355 mm ø: 32–355 mm

Type of pipe: Type of pipe: Type of pipe:


aquatherm green pipe MF / MF RP aquatherm green pipe MF UV / MF RP UV aquatherm green pipe MF RP ti

aquatherm green pipe SDR9 MF RP Advantages:

aquatherm sets the innovation standard in the manufacture of polypropylene • Lower wall-thickness
pipes and fittings worldwide. We are constantly striving to develop new, ad- • 14 % higher flow rate at same velocity compared to faser composite
vanced materials and products. The current stage of material evolution is called pipe SDR 7.4
fusiolen® PP-RCT. • The permissible working pressures are on the same level like those of
PP-R faser composite pipes SDR 7.4 or are even exceeding them in the
With fusiolen® PP-RCT, faser composite pipes can be produced with smaller wall higher temperature range
thicknesses while maintaining all known advantages. • Identical expansion as faser pipe SDR 7.4
• 16 % lower weight than faser composite pipe SDR 7.4
• Lower weight than stainless steel, steel and copper pipes, thereby
easier handling for transport and at site
• Quicker processing by shorter butt-welding times
• Can be welded with all aquatherm PP-R and PP-RCT fittings

13
SYSTEM

COMPOSITE TECHNOLOGY
PP-RCT layer
Fibre layer
PP-RCT layer

aquatherm green pipe MF


FIBRE COMPOSITE TECHNOLOGY Advantages of aquatherm green pipe MF:

aquatherm green pipe MF is a multi-layer faser-composite pipe. The pipe is • The linear expansion is reduced by at least 75 % compared with
made in a multi-layer extrusion process. The manufacturing process developed standard PP pipes
by aquatherm enables the integration of glass fibres within the material poly- • The flow rate is increased by 20 % at the same pressure conditions
propylene in the middle layer of the pipe. This reinforces the pipe and restricts due to smaller wall thicknesses
expansion and contraction. • High stability
• The coefficient of linear expansion is nearly identical to that of metal
pipes, so that compared with usual plastic pipes the support intervals
can be enlarged and the number of clamps can be reduced
• Optimum cost-performance ratio
• Lower weight
• High impact rate
• Simply cut and weld

Expansion in comparison
Graph for determination of expansion

Faser composite pipe Standard PP-pipe


Support spacings PP pipe and faser composite pipe

PP pipe
Temperature difference

Faser composite pipe approx. 30 % more fixing distance


Expansion

14
SYSTEM

aquatherm green pipe ti

aquatherm ti
PRE-INSULATED PIPE SYSTEMS FOR DISTRICT HEATING AND COOLING
One of the most energy-efficient methods of transporting hot potable ➠ aquatherm green pipe ti
water as well as heating or cooling water over long distances is the use of pipe system for potable water
underground piping. For this application, high demands are made on both
the medium pipe and the pipe insulation. To achieve the necessary insulating • faser composite pipe system SDR 9 in dimensions 32–355 mm
characteristics for this type of application, aquatherm offers the factory- • faser composite pipe system SDR 7.4 available on request
made pre-insulated aquatherm ti pipe system with different medium pipes.

The pipe insulation is made with PUR rigid foam that surrounds the medium
pipe all over. To protect the insulation layer outward against mechanical
or weather-related influences, the outside coating consists of a HDPE
protection pipe.

All medium pipes are plastic-fibre composite pipes.

The pipe system is optionally also available with trace heating and mains
monitoring. Special designs on request.

Application areas aquatherm green pipe ti


 Potable water application l
 Air conditioning technology m
Chilled water technology m
 Swimming pool technology l
 Rainwater application l
Irrigation l
District heating and cooling m
Shipbuilding l
Industrial liquids System recommended due to its technical advantages: l
considering the material resistance
l
Application of the system is suitable: m

MORE INFORMATION
Further information on the aquatherm ti system can be found in our aquatherm ti catalogue with the order number E30000, which you can get from our info
service (phone +49 2722 950 0 | [email protected]) or you can download it from our website www.aquatherm.de.

15
APPLICATION

aquatherm green pipe

POTABLE WATER AND HEATING INSTALLATIONS 

The aquatherm green pipe system offers all installation options with
an environmentally friendly material: from the house connection sta-
tion via the hot or cold water distribution and the boiler connection
to the last tapping point (in-wall or on-wall installation). Risers, de-
signed in aquatherm green pipe composite pipe, with a conventional House connection station
floor outlet or floor distribution in connection technique can also be
implemented.

Types of installation

The aquatherm green pipe system is applicable for all common types
of installation. With an extensive product range of pipe and fittings
from 16–450 mm external diameter and more than 450 fittings includ-
ing fittings with brass and stainless steel thread, aquatherm green
pipe offers ideal solutions for all application areas.
Surface installation
It is also possible to prefabricate pipe and fittings for risers and high
rise.

Concealed installation Surface installation

16
APPLICATION

Distribution network for domestic water and heating in residential buildings

All risers and distribution pipes are planned and assigned as usual.

1. Distribution piping

The dimensionally stable straight length pipes should be used for


conventionally installed basement pipes, risers and multi storey pipe-
systems.

Multi-storey installation can be done with the distribution blocks for


plumbing and heating: quick processing and low installation effort are
guaranteed.
Distribution piping
Due to the low need for fittings when using distribution blocks, the
number of connection points and thus the installation work is reduced.

2. Floor distribution with distribution blocks

The distribution blocks also offer further installation options: A


simple opening of a side branch by drilling (18 mm borer) enables the
connection of an additional pipe, e.g. the circulation pipe.

For further information concerning the distribution block plumbing


and heating see page 83–86.

Floor distribution with distribution blocks


IMPORTANT:

The aquatherm grey pipe domestic water and radiator connection
system is compatible with the aquatherm green pipe system.

aquatherm grey pipe connection

17
SYSTEM

COMPARISON OF THE WATER CONTENT PER METER [L]

aquatherm green pipe aquatherm green pipe aquatherm green pipe aquatherm green pipe 
SDR 6 S SDR 7,4 MF SDR 9 MF RP SDR 11 S / MF
ø Dimension mm

ø 16 0,088 0,106 - -
ø 20 0,137 0,163 - 0,206
ø 25 0,216 0,254 - 0,327
ø 32 0,353 0,423 0,483 0,539
ø 40 0,555 0,660 0,754 0,834
ø 50 0,876 1,029 1,182 1,307
ø 63 1,385 1,647 1,869 2,074
ø 75 1,963 2,323 2,659 2,959
ø 90 2,826 3,358 3,825 4,252
ø 110 4,229 4,999 5,725 6,359
ø 125 - - 7,386 8,199
ø 160 - - 12,109 13,430
ø 200 - - 18,908 21,010
ø 250 - - 29,605 32,861
ø 315 - - 46,966 52,172
ø 355 - - 59,625 66,325
ø 400 - - - 84,290
ø 450 - - - 106,477
ø 500 - - - -
ø 630 - - -

SDR = Standard Dimension Ratio (diameter/wall thickness ratio)


S = single-layer
MF = multi-layer faser
MF RP = multi-layer faser – raised pressure resistance

18
SYSTEM

RING STIFFNESS OF aquatherm green pipe

All aquatherm polypropylene pipes have a ring stiffness of ≥ 16kN/m2 (according to DIN EN ISO 9969) and therefore can be classified in the ring stiffness
class SN16.

Underground installation: The depth of the trench adds up from the depth of the frost line, the outer diameter of the pipe and the height of the bedding
(A+Da+B). The frost line must be observed: 0.5–9.0 m above the pipe peak (E). If the pipes are installed outside the
specified laying depth, a load distribution by steel or concrete slabs must be installed.
Traffic load: SLW 60, heavy forklift (60 tons maximum load).
Trench design: Recommended calculation according to ATV A 127 (basis for calculation).
Laying conditions: We recommend laying the pipes in a narrow trench in which nevertheless sufficient space for working is available.
Bedding layer (B): In normal soil 100 mm sand with round graining size 0–8 mm.
When rock or rocky soils 150 mm sand with round graining size 0–8 mm.
This layer is equally compressed (≥ 97 % Proctor) with gaps in the socket area. Non sustainable soils are made stable by
the choice of the bedding layer. Note planning requirements.
Backfilling: The building material 4/8 mm graining is filled in layers in order to construct the lateral bedding (C) and the covering (D).
Thereby the peak of the pipe (E) is covered with minimum 100 mm. Then the main filling (F) with the excavation can be carried
out. Note that the grain size does not exceed 300 mm respectively sharp and rough stones are removed. Planning requirements
of the filling levels are always to be considered.
Each filling is compressed separately.
Compaction: The compression (≥ 97 % Proctor) of the lateral bedding (C) and the covering (D) is done by hand or with light equipment. If
the main filling is made with minimum 20 cm, the trench can be compressed 95 % Proctor upwards from this layer with
heavy equipment. The last 50 cm of the trench are compressed with 97–100 % Proctor.

0,5 m {

main filling
frost line (F)
0,5 m–9,0 m lateral bedding (C)
(A)

covering
(D) {200 mm
100 mm
pipe peak (E)

trench depth
Da embedment
(A + Da + B)

bedding layer (B)


100–150 mm

trench width

19
SYSTEM

PERMISSIBLE WORKING PRESSURE – POTABLE WATER


Fluid transported: water according to DIN 2000

aquatherm aquatherm aquatherm aquatherm aquatherm


Years of service
green pipe green pipe green pipe green pipe green pipe
Temperature

SDR 11 S SDR 7.4 S SDR 6 S SDR 7.4 MF SDR 9 MF RP

Permissible working pressure in bar and (psi)

bar (psi) bar (psi) bar (psi) bar (psi) bar (psi)
10 13,7 (199) 21,7 (315) 27,3 (396) 26,1 (379) 23,9 (347)
20 °C
25 13,3 (193) 21,1 (306) 26,5 (384) 25,3 (367) 23,5 (341)
68 °F
50 12,9 (187) 20,4 (296) 25,7 (373) 24,5 (355) 23,1 (335)
10 11,6 (168) 18,3 (265) 23,1 (335) 22,0 (319) 20,6 (299)
30 °C
25 11,2 (162) 17,7 (257) 22,3 (323) 21,3 (309) 20,2 (293)
86 °F
50 10,9 (158) 17,3 (251) 21,8 (316) 20,7 (300) 19,9 (289)
10 15,6 (226) 19,6 (284) 18,7 (271) 17,7 (257)
40 °C
25 15,0 (218) 18,8 (273) 18,0 (261) 17,3 (252)
104 °F
50 14,5 (210) 18,3 (265) 17,5 (254) 17,1 (247)
10 13,1 (190) 16,5 (239) 15,7 (228) 15,1 (219)
50 °C
25 12,6 (183) 15,9 (231) 15,2 (220) 14,7 (215)
122 °F
50 12,2 (177) 15,4 (223) 14,7 (213) 14,5 (210)
10 11,0 (160) 13,8 (200) 13,2 (191) 12,7 (186)
60 °C
25 10,5 (152) 13,3 (193) 12,6 (183) 12,4 (181)
140 °F
50 10,1 (146) 12,7 (184) 12,1 (175) 12,2 (178)
10 10,4 (151) 13,1 (190) 12,5 (181) 11,7 (170)
65 °C
25 10,0 (145) 12,6 (183) 12,0 (174) 11,4 (165)
149 °F
50 8,8 (128) 11,1 (161) 10,6 (154) 11,2 (162)
10 9,3 (135) 11,7 (170) 11,1 (161) 10,7 (155)
70 °C
25 8,0 (116) 10,1 (146) 9,6 (139) 10,4 (152)
158 °F
50 6,7 (97) 8,5 (123) 8,1 (117) 10,2 (148)
Faser composite pipe: high working stress at lower wall thickness and higher flow rate

SDR = Standard Dimension Ratio (diameter/wall thickness ratio)


S = single-layer
MF = multi-layer faser
MF RP = multi-layer faser – raised pressure resistance

The determination of the allowable pressures resulted from the specific conditions to which pipe system components in the potable water domestic installation are exposed to.
Limiting factors such as increased flow rates, the use of disinfectants, increased content of oxygen, etc. were considered by the use of the appropriate safety factors.
For fittings of butt-welded pipe segments a reduction factor of 0.75 (reduction of the table values by 25 %) is effective.

20
SYSTEM

PERMISSIBLE WORKING PRESSURE


for general pressure pipe applications in permanent operation
charted application ranges on page 20

Years of service aquathermgreen pipe aquathermgreen pipe


Temperature

SDR 7.4 MF SDR 9 MF RP

bar (psi) bar (psi)


10 27,7 (402) 27,5 (399)
10 °C 25 26,9 (390) 27,1 (393)
50 °F 50 26,1 (379) 26,7 (387)
100 25,2 (366) 26,3 (381)
10 26,9 (390) 25,7 (373)
15 °C 25 26,1 (379) 25,2 (366)
59 °F 50 25,3 (367) 24,9 (361)
100 24,5 (355) 24,5 (355)
10 26,1 (379) 23,9 (347)
20 °C 25 25,3 (367) 23,5 (341)
68 °F 50 24,5 (355) 23,1 (335)
100 23,7 (344) 22,8 (331)
10 22,0 (319) 20,6 (299)
30 °C 25 21,3 (309) 20,2 (293)
86 °F 50 20,7 (300) 19,9 (289)
100 20,0 (290) 19,7 (286)
10 18,7 (271) 17,7 (257)
40 °C 25 18,0 (261) 17,3 (251)
104 °F 50 17,5 (254) 17,1 (248)
100 16,8 (244) 16,8 (244)
10 15,7 (228) 15,1 (219)
50 °C 25 15,2 (220) 14,7 (213)
122 °F 50 14,7 (213) 14,5 (210)
100 14,1 (205) 14,3 (207)
10 13,2 (191) 12,7 (184)
60 °C
25 12,6 (183) 12,4 (180)
140 °F
50 12,1 (175) 12,2 (177)
10 11,1 (161) 10,7 (155)
70 °C
25 9,6 (139) 10,4 (151)
158 °F
50 8,1 (117) 10,2 (148)
10 10,0 (145) 9,7 (141)
75 °C
25 8,0 (116) 9,5 (138)
167 °F
50 6,7 (97) 9,3 (135)
5 9,2 (133) 9,0 (131)
80 °C
10 7,8 (113) 8,9 (129)
176 °F
25 6,2 (90) 8,6 (125)
90 °C 5 6,0 (87) 7,4 (107)
194 °F 10 5,1 (74) 7,3 (106)

SDR = Standard Dimension Ratio (diameter/wall thickness ratio)


S = single-layer
MF = multi-layer faser
MF RP = multi-layer faser – raised pressure resistance

For fittings of butt-welded pipe segments a reduction factor of 0.75 (reduction of the table values by 25 %) is effective.

21
SYSTEM

UV-RESISTANCE

Pipes made from fusiolen® polypropylene are normally not exposed to UV-
radiation during installation. To bridge the transport and assembly time,
aquatherm polypropylene pipes and fittings are packed in UV-protected
packaging. The maximum permissible storage time outdoors is 6 months.

For outdoor pipe laying, aquatherm offers polypropylene composite pipes


with a UV protective layer made of polyethylene. The special protection layer
prevents damages from sunlight. The pipes are available under the name
aquatherm green pipe MF (RP) UV.

UV ADHESIVE TAPE

As an alternative to our polyproplylene pipes with UV protection layer, wrapping


with UV-resistant adhesive tape is possible, if moulded parts or short pipe sec-
tions are to be protected. For this purpose, the adhesive tape recommended by
aquatherm (art. no. 10871) should be selected, which shows good resistance to
abrasion, moisture, oils, light acids and alkalis as well as weather influences out-
doors. The tape should always be applied to a dry, clean and grease-free surface.
The winding should be done with a slight pull and at least 50% overlap.

Further information on page 120.

CHEMICAL AND THERMAL DISINFECTION


of aquatherm potable water systems made of polypropylene

a) Chemical disinfection of the system c) Thermal disinfection of the system

Contrary to the disinfection of potable water, the disinfection of a system is a In general, a thermal disinfection according to DVGW W551 is possible. In case
discontinuous measure, comprising a potable water system from the area of of the thermal disinfection for the prevention of legionella bacteria according
contamination to the tapping point of the consumer. In general, a disinfection is to DVGW worksheet W 551, the water temperature will be adjusted in such a
to be applied temporarily only in case of a proven contamination. way that it amounts to 70 °C for at least 3 minutes at all points of the potable
water system. The maximum admissible limits of use regarding the service
In case of discontinuous disinfections, it is allowed to load aquatherm pipes temperature and pressure are to be observed.
and the corresponding fittings twice a year with a content of free chlorine of
50 mg/l for not more than 12 hours.

Alternatively, 150 mg/l hydrogen peroxide (H2O2) can be used for 24 hours. A
temperature of 30 °C must not be exceeded during the disinfection process.
The use of a disinfection process, especially with chlorinated waters can
have a direct influence on the lifetime of the potable water system. Under no
circumstances should chlorine dioxide be used.

b) Chemical disinfection of potable water

In case of continuous disinfection with chlorinated potable water, it can be used


with a content of free chlorine of up to 0.3 mg/l (limit according to 2001 potable
water ordinance). The maximum temperature of 70 °C should not be exceeded.

Unless required by local regulations, residual disinfection is not necessary


where there is no evidence of bacterial water contamination.

Under no circumstances should chlorine dioxide be used.

Recommendation of the World Health Organization – Guidelines for potable


water Quality, Fourth Edition
For effective disinfection, there should be a residual concentration of free chlorine
of ≥ 0.5 mg/l after at least 30 min contact time at pH < 8.0. A chlorine residual
should be maintained throughout the distribution system. At the point of delivery,
the minimum residual concentration of free chlorine should be 0.2 mg/l.

22
SYSTEM

INTEGRATION OF OTHER SYSTEMS OR COMPONENTS


WITH AQUATHERM PIPING FOR PRESSURE PIPE
APPLICATIONS

When integrating aquatherm piping systems with other systems or components When adding PP-R/PP-RCT to an existing copper system in a DHWR-application,
not made of polypropylene (e.g. valves, pumps, other piping, check valves, the level of copper in the water should be tested. These levels should not exceed
strainers, etc), care must be taken to ensure the operating parameters for poly-
propylene won’t damage the other materials or vice versa. 0.1 mg/L (ppm). Higher levels of total copper indicate that the copper pipe is
corroding/eroding due to system and/or water conditions.
Be aware that even if the aquatherm pipe is compatible with the fluid being
transported, other materials in the system may not be. All parts of the system To hydraulically balance a DHWR-system and ensure the required flow rate for
must be verified as compatible with the medium being carried before installing each area of the building, it is necessary to install hydraulic-balancing-valves
them. And, while aquatherm pipe does not require treatment to protect it from in every circulating loop throughout the complete system. This also maintains
corrosion, metals (ferrous and non-ferrous) in the system may be susceptible the flow velocity in the smaller return piping at or below the manufacturer’s or
to corrosion. CDA’s recommendations.

Do not mix aquatherm pipe with other piping systems in conditions that will In addition to sizing the piping and pumps to the correct flow velocity, care must
cause the other system or components to fail. also be taken to avoid water hammer and excessive surge pressures. Pump
systems operating with on/off cycling, or pumps over-sized for the piping, can
create high pressure and fatigue the piping material. The pump total dynamic
head (TDH) must also be matched to the flow requirements, piping layout, and
DOMESTIC HOT WATER RECIRCULATION (DHWR) operating conditions to avoid cavitation for all components throughout the sys-
tem. Cavitation can lead to excessive system noise and more importantly, can
A hot water circulation system includes all components that are in contact result in the erosion and degradation of the pipe surface and other compo-
with the circulating water, including the flow and return supply. When there is nents. Properly sized variable-speed (VFD) constant pressure pumping systems
copper piping used in conjunction with PP-R/PP-RCT in a DHWR system, care and pressure-sustaining valves can alleviate these issues. The pumps should be
should be taken to ensure the operating conditions will not cause degrada- sized to operate at maximum efficiency with the lowest energy usage for the
tion or erosion/corrosion of the copper. aquatherm recommends following the required flow rate.
Copper Development Association guidelines (CDA Publication A4015-14/16:
The Copper Tube Handbook – www.copper.org) for sizing, temperature and flow The issues described here are only of concern in DHWR-systems. For domes-
velocity in copper tubing. This will also help ensure that the copper levels in tic cold water (DCW) and mechanical (heating-cooling)-systems no additional
the water do not approach the regulatory action levels recommended by inde- requirements or actions are necessary. In some situations, the DHWR system
pendent institutions (e.g. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), World is also used to provide hot water to the mechanical heating system. Additional
Health Organization (WHO), Federal Ministry of Justice and Consumer Protec- consideration and care must be given for this type of combined system, as the
tion of Germany). Sustained high levels of copper in DHWR piping can damage mechanical components may not be compatible with the more aggressive water
components within the system, even PP-R. Damage caused by copper in the conditions and flow velocity limitations of DHWR systems, and these compo-
water resulting from erosion/corrosion or other degradation of copper com- nents may be not suitable for potable water contact.
ponents in the DHWR system will void the aquatherm warranty.

Accordingly, and as mandated by various regulations and codes in DHWR sys-


tems, it is considered good design and operational practice to ensure that the
maximum HW-temperature within any part of the system / loop does not exceed
60 °C (140 °F). Some regulations and codes further restrict the temperature
at any fixture to a maximum of 50 °C (120 °F). There are some exceptions to
this such as the process of thermal disinfection in health care facilities where
temperatures of 70 °C (160 °F) or higher can be applied for short periods of time
throughout the pipe system.

Importantly, the maximum temperature used must not exceed the rating of the
pipe for the operating pressure. (See aquatherm green pipe catalogue – table:
permissible working pressure potable water – Fluid transported: water accord-
ing to DIN 2000)

According to some regulations and codes, flow rates in a DHWR system should
not exceed 0.5 m/s (1.5 ft/sec) anywhere in the system, except in some special
cases where velocities up to 1 m/s (3 ft/sec) are needed to achieve proper flow
temperature. The CDA Publication A4015-14/16 – The Copper Tube Handbook –
limits the velocity in DHWR system to similar rates.

When re-piping an existing DHWR-system originally installed in copper tubing,


ensure all possible copper is replaced. If some copper remains as part of the
system, strictly follow the rules and guidelines of the Copper Development As-
sociation (CDA Publication A4015-14/16: The Copper Tube Handbook) regarding
flow rates and water conditions. Small amounts of copper or brass in valves
and other equipment will generally not cause an issue. If the copper fails, it
may degrade o-rings, gaskets, PP-R and other components as well, shortening
their service life.

23
FIRE PROTECTION

FIRE PROTECTION

The aquatherm polypropylene pipe systems comply with the requirements of The following companies offer suitable fire protecion solutions:
the fire classification B2 DIN 4102 (normal inflammable). Compared to natural
products like wood, cork or wool, aquatherm PP-R pipes do not produce any Fire protection pipe shell Conlit 150 U:
gas toxicity. In case of fire, there is no risk of dioxin emissions.
DEUTSCHE ROCKWOOL GmbH & Co. KG
To avoid fire and smoke transmission aquatherm advises the use of fire retar- Rockwool Straße 37-41
dant seals. The fire resistance period is the minimum period in minutes. 45966 Gladbeck, Germany
Phone: +49 2043 408 0 . Fax: +49 2043 408 444
The extent of the preventive measures depends on the type of installation. The www.rockwool.de
determination of fire areas and fire classification has to be made in accordance
with the law of the country. Information is given by the Planning Department
and Building Control Office or the Fire Protection Representative. Fire protection sleeve AWM II:

Basically, fire walls and ceilings with pipe passages have to be installed to the b.i.o. BRANDSCHUTZ GmbH
same fire resistance classification. All fire protection systems with a correspon- Oberwaldstraße 3a
ding classification are suitable for aquatherm polypropylene pipes. 64859 Eppertshausen, Germany
Phone: +49 6071 390070
[email protected]
www.bio-brandschutz.de

Hilti Deutschland AG
Hiltistrasse 2
86916 Kaufering, Germany
Phone: +49 800 888 55 22
www.hilti.de

24
FIRE PROTECTION
Roku System AWM II in the wall Roku System AWM II in the ceiling

Roku System AWM II with synthesis rubber in the wall Roku System AWM II with synthesis rubber in the ceiling

Rockwool Conlit 150 U in the wall Rockwool Conlit 150 U in the ceiling

25
FIRE PROTECTION
3.4 Kunststoff-/Mehrschichtverbundrohre
EXCERPT FROM THE ROCKWOOL PLANNING AND INSTALLATION AID

R 30- bis R 90-Rohrdurchführungen für die aquatherm Installationssysteme mit nichtbrennbaren Medien,
R 30- toz.R B.
90 Trinkwasser,
pipe penetrations for the aquatherm
Heizung, Kälte installation systems with non-combustible media, such as potable water, heating, cooling

Components F 30 to F 90
Product name / Material

aquatherm green pipe


PP-R Solid ceiling
Thickness minimum
SDR 6 S, 150 mm
www.aquatherm.de
SDR 7.4 S,
SDR 7.4 MF,
SDR 7.4 MF UV,
SDR 11 S Solid wall
Thickness minimum
100 mm
aquatherm green pipe
PP-RCTProduktname/ ROCKWOOL 800/
Werkstoff: Teclit PS Cold
SDR 9 MF RP,
Light partition minimum thickness
green
SDR 9 MF pipe, PP-R
RP UV
Thickness minimum 30 mm
SDR 6 S,
SDR 7,4 S, 100 mm
aquatherm blue
SDR 7,4 MF, pipe
PP-R SDR 7,4 MF UV, Variant according to Variant according to ROCKWOOL abP P3726/4140MPA BS.
SDR 7.4SDR
MF,11 S
SDR 7.4green
MF OT,
pipe, PP-RCT
SDR 7.4SDR
MF9UVMF RP, System Pipe Conlit 150 U ROCKWOOL 800 1), 2), 3)
SDR 9 MF RP UV ROCKWOOL 8001), 2), 3)
SDR 11 S System dimension
Rohrdimension Conlit 150 U TECLIT PS Cold 1), 2), 3)
blue pipe, PP-R Teclit PS Cold 1), 2), 3)

SDR 7,4 MF, Außen-∅ Outer


Typ3) Type 3)Dämmdicke
Insulation
4)
Kern- Core EnEV EnEV EnEVEnEV DIN 1988
DIN 1988-200
aquatherm blue
MF pipe diameter thickness drilling 100 %100 % 50 % 50 % kalt, cold,
SDR 7,4 OT, 4)
Da [mm] s [mm] bohrung Typ3)
PP-RCTSDR 7,4 MF UV Da [mm] s [mm] DK [mm]
DK [mm] warm,hot,Typ
type hot,Typ
type type 3)
SDRRP,
11 S warm,
SDR 9 MF
blue 14,0 14,0 12/2412/24 24,024,0 6060 15/20
15/20 15/20
15/20 15/20
15/20
SDR 9 MF RPpipe,
OT, PP-RCT
SDR 9 MF RP,
SDR 9 MF RP UV, 16,0 16,0 16/2216/22 22,022,0 6060 18/20
18/20 18/20
18/20 18/20
18/20
SDR 9 MF RP OT, pipes without OT or 17,0 17/21,5 21,5 60 18/20 18/20 18/20
SDR 11SDR
MF RP,
9 MF RP UV, Rohre ohne OT- 17,0 17/21,5 21,5 60 18/20 18/20 18/20
UV layer 20,0 20/20 20,0 60 22/20 22/20 22/20
SDR 11SDR
MF RP OT, RP,
11 MF oder UV-Schicht 20,0 20/20 20,0 60 22/20 22/20 22/20
25,0 25/17,5 17,5 60 28/20 28/20 28/20
SDR 11SDR 11 MF
MF RP UV RP OT, aquatherm
green pipe green pipe
SDR 11 MF RP UV 26,0 25,0 25/17,5 17,017,5
26/17 6060 28/20
28/20 28/20
28/20 28/20
28/20
blue pipe
red pipe, PP-R/B1
aquatherm red pipe aquatherm blue pipe 32,0 26,0 32/2426/17 24,017,0 8060 28/20
35/30 28/20
35/20 28/20
35/30
red pipe
SDR 7,4, MF HI 40,0 40/20 20,0 80 42/40 42/20 42/40
PP-R (B1) grey pipe red pipe 32,0 32/24 24,0 80 35/30 35/20 35/30
grey pipe PE-Xc/Al/PE-X aquatherm 50,0 50/25
SDR 7.4,SDR
MF7,4
HI black system 40,0 40/20 25,020,0 100
80 54/40
42/40 54/30
42/20 54/40
42/40
63,0 63/33,5 33,5 130 64/50 64/30 64/50
black system/ aquatherm
orange grey pipe
system 50,0 75/52,5 50/25 52,525,0 100 54/40 54/30 54/40
aquatherm grey pipe 75,0 180 76/70 76/40 76/70
PP-Registerrohr
aquatherm black system 90,0 63,0 63/33,5 65,033,5
90/65 220130 64/50
102/80 64/30
102/40 64/50
102/80
PE-Xc/Al/PE-X
orange system , PE-RT
SDR 7.4 110,0 75,0 110/70 75/52,5 70,052,5 250180 76/70
114/100 76/40
114/50 76/70
114/100
aquatherm orange system 16,0 18/21 21,0 60 18/20 18/20 18/20
90,0 90/65 65,0 220 102/80 102/40 102/80
aquatherm black system 20,0 22/19 19,0 60 22/20 22/20 22/20
110,0 110/70 70,0 250 114/100 114/50 114/100
PP-grid connection pipe 25,0 27/16,5 16,5 60 28/20 28/20 28/20
Rohre mit OT- 16,0 18/21 21,0 60 18/20 18/20 18/20
oder UV-Schicht 32,0 34/23 23,0 80 35/30 35/20 35/30
aquatherm orange green pipe 40,0 20,0 42/1922/19 19,019,0 8060 22/20
42/40 22/20
42/20 22/20
42/40
UV
pipes with OT or
system 50,0 25,0 27/16,5 24,016,5
52/24 10060 28/20
54/40 28/20
54/30 28/20
54/40
blue pipe
UV layer
PE-RT 63,0 32,0 65/57,534/23 57,523,0 18080 76/50
35/30 76/30
35/20 76/50
35/30
OT + UV
75,0 77/51,5 51,5 180 89/70 89/40 89/70
aquatherm green pipe 40,0 42/19 19,0 80 42/40 42/20 42/40
90,0 90/65 65,0 220 102/80 102/40 102/80
UV 110,0 50,0 113/53,5 52/24 53,524,0 220100 54/40
114/100 54/30
114/50 54/40
114/100

aquatherm blue pipe 63,0 65/57,5 57,5 180 76/50 76/30 76/50
OT + UV
Hinweise/besondere Einbaubedingungen 75,0 77/51,5 51,5 180 89/70 89/40 89/70
1)
90,0
In einzelnen Fällen ist die lieferbare Mindestdämmdicke 90/65
angegeben.65,0 220 102/80 102/40 102/80
2)Als weiterführende Dämmung kann die Dämmschale ROCKWOOL 800 bzw. Teclit PS Cold verwendet werden.

3)Bei kaltgehenden Leitungen muss nach 110,0 113/53,5


DIN 1988-200 53,5 vorhanden
eine Dampfbremse 220sein, deshalb
114/100 114/50
ausschließlich 114/100
Brandschutzrohrschale Conlit 150 U/Dämmschale ROCKWOOL 800 bzw. Teclit PS Cold verwenden.
4)
Dämmdicke nach EnEV 50 % sowie nach DIN 1988-200 passend zu dem Kernbohrungsdurchmesser DK .
Notes/special installation conditions
Alle Randbedingungen der angegebenen allgemeinen bauaufsichtlichen Prüfzeugnisse (abP) müssen berücksichtigt werden.

1)
In some cases, the available minimum insulation thickness is specified.
2)
For further
166 insulation, the insulation ROCKWOOL 800 or TECLIT PS Cold can be used.
3)
For cold pipes, a vapor barrier must be available according to DIN 1988-200, therefore only use fire protection pipe shell Conlit 150U/
Insulating shell ROCKWOOL 800 or TECLIT PS Cold.
4)
Insulation thickness according to EnEV 50% and according to DIN 1988 - 200 suitable for the core bore diameter DK.

All basic conditions of the specified general building inspectorate test certificates must be considered.

26
FIRE PROTECTION
FIRE LOAD

The values required for determining the fire load within a fire section are cal-
culated from the total of all flammable materials located within this area. The
calculation for establishing the combustion heat V [kWh / m] for a fire section in
the event of an outbreak is dependent on dimensions and materials.

The basis used for the calculation of polypropylene pipe systems is the lower
calorific value Hu = 12.2 kWh/kg (as per DIN V 18230 T1) in conjunction with the
mass of material mpipe [kg / m].

The integrated layers of fibres in the aquatherm fibre composite pipes are also
considered.

Depending on the calculation procedure, the fire load is worked out with refe-
rence to the burn-up factor. This value is designated as mfactor and is taken as
0.8 for polypropylene.

Combustion values V [kWh/m] for aquatherm green pipe

aquatherm aquatherm aquatherm aquatherm aquatherm aquatherm


Dimension
green pipe  green pipe green pipe green pipe  green pipe green pipe
mm
SDR 11 S SDR 7.4 S SDR 6 S SDR 9 MF RP SDR 7.4 MF SDR 11 MF

16 - 1,17 1,5 - - -
20 1,32 1,82 2,12 - 1,76 -
25 2,01 2,83 3,27 - 2,74 -
32 3,18 4,54 5,33 3,12 4,39 3,14
40 5,05 7,05 8,24 5,69 - 4,83
50 7,82 10,99 12,77 8,80 - 7,48
63 12,35 17,28 20,26 14,03 - 11,82
75 17,21 24,58 28,68 19,71 - 16,48
90 24,92 35,21 41,22 28,41 - 23,86
110 36,89 52,68 61,45 42,17 - 35,33
125 47,91 - - 54,38 - 45,83
160 78,28 - - 88,90 - 74,88
200 121,89 - - 139,00 - 116,64
250 189,59 - - 216,18 - 181,42
315 313,54 - - 343,66 - 285,82
355 381,86 - - 436,33 - 362,93
400 505,08 - - - - 460,78
450 639,28 - - - - 583,21
500 - - - - - -
560 - - - - - -
630 - - - - - -

27
FEATURES

The advantages
of aquatherm pipes and fusiolen® polypropylene

• Corrosion resistant
• Resistant against many chemicals
• High environmental compatibility
• Less pipe roughness
• Heat and soundinsulating characteristics
• Very good welding properties
• High heat-stabilized
• High mechanical stability
• Lighter in weight than steel and copper
• Easy processing
• Well-priced
• Installation aids and fixings

fusiolen®
OUR MATERIAL FUSIOLEN® POLYPROPYLENE MATERIAL PROPERTIES

Decades of experience in the manufacture and use of PP-R/PP-RCT piping Potable water is one of the most controlled commodity goods. The supply system
systems and the simultaneous striving for continuous further development have should influence the water on its way up to the taps as less as possible. The choice
led to numerous improvements in aquatherm system technology. of the right potable water pipe system and its material is of decisive importance.

Newly opened markets place ever increasing demands on the pipe material. aquatherm green pipe systems are suitable for all different qualities of potable
Versatile applications require the greatest possible independence of the processed water. The environmentally friendly and hygienically enhanced potable water
materials. Raw materials with novel properties that could not be achieved until pipe system made from fusiolen® is physiologically and microbiologically
then are required. For this reason, aquatherm has been developing and producing harmless. The technical suitability of the aquatherm pipe systems has been
its own innovative polypropylene materials for several years, which meet the evident worldwide for decades.
global challenges in sanitary and heating technology, in air-conditioning and
refrigeration technology, in industrial applications and agriculture, in shipbuilding The extrapolated service life of aquatherm polypropylene pipes is more than
and in fire protection. Successful results of this research are fusiolen® PP-R, 50 years. Peak temperatures of 100 °C arising from short disruptions are
fusiolen® PP-RCT and fusiolen® PP-R FS. unproblematic. Permanent temperatures from 70 °C up to 90 °C reduce the
service life of the pipe (see table “Permissible Working Pressure”, page 20–21).
Special heat and extraction stability are only two of the features of this material.
Its physical and chemical properties are tailored to the special needs of potable When using aquatherm PP-R/PP-RCT pipes, the pressure and temperature
water and heating applications. Above all, the good welding properties and conditions according to the table “Permissible workig pressure” apply. With
the fusion into a homogeneous unit, resulting in a permanent connection, have regard to pressure and temperature, the operating conditions in the following
made the aquatherm systems and the raw material fusiolen® polypropylene table are to be used for pipes and pipe connections. These figures refer to
well known worldwide. potable water installations based on a theoretical service life of 50 years.

Environment
The environmentally friendly material polypropylen fusiolen® PP-R/PP-RCT is Working pressure Temperature Annual working hours
recyclable and can be ground, melted and reutilised for various applications bar (psi) °C h/a
e.g. motor-protections, wheel linings, laundry baskets and other kinds of
transport boxes. There are no polluting substances with PP-R/PP-RCT either in 0 up to 10 (145)
Cold water to 25 (77) * 8760
its processing or in its disposal. transient
0 up to 10 (145) to 60 (140) 8710
Hot water
transient to 85 (185) 50
fusiolen® PP-R/PP-RCT – for the benefit of our environment!
* Reference temperature for the creep rupture strength: 20 °C (68 °F)

Use of metal deactivators


By adding suitable food-approved additives the risk of material damage caused HYGIENIC SUITABILITY
by metal ions under extreme operating conditions is reduced.
According to DIN 1988 T2 all installation parts comingdirectly in contact
with potable water are commodity goods according to the Law for Food and
Higher long-term heat stabilization Commodity Goods. Plastic pipes have to comply with the KTW-recommendations
The long-term heat stabilization was increased in order to be able to counteract of the Federal Public Health Department.
possible influences of the peak temperatures occurring during operation.

28
FEATURES

Certificates
Numerous international certificates testify to the high quality stan-
dard of the green pipes.

DVGW, SKZ, HIG (Germany)


AENOR (Spain)
ÖVGW (Austria)
WRAS (UK)
SAI-Global (Australia)
CSTB, CARSO (France)
SII (Israel)
TIN (Poland)
SITAC, KIWA, SWEDCERT (Sweden)
IIP (Italy)
BNQ (Canada)
BRANZ (New Zealand)
CERTIF (Portugal)
EMI (Hungary)
a.m.m.

Material:
The hygienc suitability of the material used for the aquatherm green pipe system the basic material polypropylene, as well as all contained additives (colour
is independently verified through test certificates from the Hygienic Institute in pigments and stabilizers) were extensively tested, not only by aquatherm’s own
Gelsenkirchen. The suitability for potable water pipes in the field of cold and hot laboratory, but also by independent laboratories.
water is confirmed by continuous tests.
The test results prove that the material fusiolen® and the piping systems made
Processing: from it meet the highest ecological standards.
The joining method requires no additives such as fluxes or solder. The connection
is made by socket fusion.

Potable water – our most precious commodity good:


TECHNICAL DATA SHEET
The increasing use of PP in the field of food packing confirms the hygienic Technical properties fusiolen® fusiolen® PP-R/
qualities of the material. This makes aquatherm green pipe the optimal packing PP-R PP-RCT fibrepipe
for our most precious commodity good – potable water.
Melt-flow index 190 °C/5 kg 0.5 g/10 min 0.5 g/10 min.
Melt-flow index 230 °C/2.16 kg 0.3 g/10 min 0.3 g/10 min.
SOUND INSULATION Modulus of elasticity 800 N/mm 2
1200 N/mm2
Yield stress 25 N/mm2 30 N/mm2
The sound insulation qualities of the PP-R-pipe system, related to water flow
and hydraulic shock within a building, provide a sound proofing effect on noise Density 0.9 g/cm3 1.0 g/cm3
transmission. Therefore the sound transmission is much lower compared to Tensile strength 25 MPa 35 MPa
metallic pipes. Inflammation temperature 430 °C–450 °C 490 °C–500 °C
Thermal expansion coefficient 1.5 *10 K-4 -1
0.35 *10-4 K-1
Coefficient of thermal 0,15 W/mK 0,15 W/mK
AQUATHERM & ECOLOGY conduction (measured at pipe) (measured at pipe)
Coefficient of friction in pipes 0.007 0.007
Environmental protection is very important to aquatherm. The aquatherm pipe
systems and fittings are not only characterized by their long service life, but also Bending radius 6xd
by their excellent environmental compatibility. Since its foundation, aquatherm Water absorption < 0.02 % < 0.02 %
attaches great importance to the fact that its products and manufacturing pro- Electrical properties fusiolen® fusiolen® PP-R/
cesses do not pollute our sensitive eco­systems. Through the development of recy-
PP-R PP-RCT fibrepipe
clable materials, it is possible that these can easily be fed into new productions.
Relative permittivity 2,3 2,3
Long before environmental protection was regarded as a global issue, the (in case of 1 MHz) (in case of 1 MHz)
aquatherm green pipe system met the ecological standards that are required
Puncture voltage 500 kV/cm 500 kV/cm
today. For more than 45 years, the aquatherm philosophy has emphasized that
ecological and economical interests in production, distribution and application Specific resistance > 1017 Ω cm > 1017 Ω cm
of a product are not contradictiory. Surface resistance 1014 Ω 1014 Ω

The environmentally friendly raw material fusiolen® is used for the production Dissipation coefficient 0.0002 0.0002
of the aquatherm pipe systems. To ensure its environmental compatibility (in case of 50 Hertz) (in case of 50 Hertz)

29
FEATURES
ENVIRONMENTAL PRODUCT DECLARATION AND
LEED CERTIFICATION

As the world´s first pipe system manufacturer, aquatherm has developed an Environmental impacts and Primary Energy Demand of aquatherm PP-R
Environmental Product Declaration (EPD) for its products. Thus the aquatherm piping systems according to TRACI 2.1
products contribute to the attainment of points in the LEED system. Learn more
about the importance of life cycle assesments, environmental product declara- Upon completion of the aquatherm product-specific LCA, aquatherm submit-
tions and LEED for planners, engineers and builders. ted its products, the LCA, and supporting documentation for independent
verification by NSF International. The verification process included a review
Life-Cycle Assessments (LCAs) by an independent panel of experts, an audit of the manufacturing facili-
LCAs provide a comprehensive evaluation of the upstream and downstream ties and records, and a confirmation of material formulations. aquatherm’s
energy and environmental impacts associated with a product. They are com- Product-Specific Type III third-party verified EPD was published Dec. 18, 2015:
prised of five parts: Goal, Scope, Life-Cycle Inventory Analysis, Results, and http://info.nsf.org/Certified/Sustain/ProdCert/EPD10069.pdf
Interpretation. aquatherm has chosen the gradle-to-gate approach for its LCA Within the EPD, you will find information on aquatherm, its product descrip-
„Life Cycle of Polypropylene Pressure Piping Systems“ encompassing the prod- tions, data quality requirements, raw-materials origins, a manufacturing dia-
uct life cycle from the extraction of raw materials through manufacturing and gram, a declaration of parameters per the PCR, and the lifecycle-impact con-
product distribution. clusion for aquatherm pipe.

Environmental Product Declarations (EPDs) Advantages of PP-R piping systems and radiant panels compared to metall
The EPD is the document used to convey the LCA’s results to the products’ us- systems
ers and specifiers. It focuses on information about a product’s environmental The analysis has shown that polypropylene comprises nearly 50% or more
impact such as global warming, ozone depletion, water pollution, ozone crea- of the impact contribution depending on the impact category. Also Primary
tion, and greenhouse gas emissions. Energy Demand (PED) is mainly driven by polypropylene. However, this is be-
cause of the embodied energy content of the resin rather than fuel consump-
EPDs typically are verified following the processes described in ISO 14025, EN tion upstream. In other words, aquatherm polypropylene has available energy
15804, and ISO 21930 for construction products. These steps include: 1) Finding within the material that can be recovered later in the product’s life cycle during
or developing a Product Category Rule (PCR); 2) Generating the input data and recycling. This differs greatly compared with metals. With metal systems, all of
performing an LCA according to a specific PCR; 3) Compiling information in the the energy is used in the original processing of the raw material. Metals do not
EPD; 4) Verification of the EPD and LCA; and 5) Registration and publication. provide energy to the recycling process.

aquatherm utilized ThinkStep as independent third party to conduct an ISO-con- Thus aquatherm PP-R piping systems and radiant panels can provide a more
formant LCA for its following product lines: aquatherm had an ISO-compliant life sustainable, lower environmental impact option to designers, engineers, and
cycle assessment carried out by ThinkStep as an independent third party for the fol- building owners when compared with other piping and radiant panel systems.
lowing product lines: aquatherm green pipe, aquatherm blue pipe, aquatherm red
pipe, aquatherm lilac pipe (no longer available) and the aquatherm black system How is aquatherm‘s EPD relevant to LEED v4 points?
for surface heating an cooling. In the study, one meter (3.2 ft) length of pipe was LEED stands for „Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design“ and is one
selected as functional unit per the requirements of the respective PCR “Piping Sys- of the most popular green building certification programs used worldwide. It
tems for Use for Sewage and Storm Water (Under Gravity)”. The declared product was developed by the U.S. Green Building Council (USGBC) in 1998 and has
was defined as a representative average of the five aquatherm product offerings. defined various standards for environmentally friendly, resource-saving and
sustainable construction.
Two different test methodologies were chosen to analyze the products in the
LCA: Tool for Reduction and Assessment of Chemical and Other Environmental LEED v4 incorporates point structures to encourage the use of products/ ma-
Impacts (TRACI) 2.1 and CML 2001, a method developed by the Institute of terials that environmentally, economically, and socially support preferable
Environmental Sciences at the University of Leiden in the Netherlands. The life-cycle impacts. Point structures were developed to reward the selection of
TRACI 2.1 method utilized impact categories, including Global Warming Po- products from manufacturers who have verified improved environmental life-
tential (GWP), Acidification Potential (AP), Eutrophication Potential (EP), Ozone cycle impacts.
Depletion Potential (ODP), and Smog Formation Potential (SFP). The results of
the findings are summarized in the following table. aquatherm’s green pipe, blue pipe, red pipe and black system products have
attained Type III EPD status through independent verification by NSF Interna-
tional. They now can be utilized as a portion of the 20 permanent products
engineers must have throughout their LEED-certified buildings. aquatherm’s
EPD also carries double the weight of the Industry-Wide (Generic) EPD in terms
of LEED product value and four times the weight of a self-certified Product-
Specific Declaration by a manufacturer. aquatherm has continued its industry
leadership position by becoming the first piping manufacturer to have an in-
dependently verified, Product-Specific Type III EPD and by supporting building
owner to achieve LEED certification.

For further information please see our White Paper:


https://www.aquatherm.de/company/sustainability/?lang=en

1. PP-R 6. Energy

2. Other Plastics 7. Inbound Transport

3. Brass Fittings 8. Packaging

4. Additives 9. Waste Treatment

5. Auxiliary Materials

30
QUALITY ASSURANCE

COMPLIANCE WITH THE SYSTEM STANDARD

Various national and international independent authorities and institutions confirm aquatherm’s quality standard. You can see our certificates on our website at
www.aquatherm.de/products/certificates

AQUATHERM QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

INTERNAL CONTROL
SYSTEM CONTROL

Incoming goods:
TEST AND ACCEPTANCE
raw material, vendor parts

IN-PROCESS INSPECTION
Extrusion Injection
PROCESS MONITORING
pipe production moulding

FINAL INSPECTION
In-process stock
DIMENSIONAL CONTROL
SURFACE FINISH
MELT FLOW INDEX
IMPACT BENDING TEST
HEAT REVERSION TEST Storage Packing Dispatch
HOMOGENITY
HYGIENICAL AND TOXICOLOGICAL
TEST

In addition to the permanent internal quality control, an external control is conducted by i.e. SKZ, SAI, TGM, Hygieneinstitut.

31
QUALITY ASSURANCE

SYSTEM CONTROL

The production of a quality controlled pipe system demands the supervision, INTERNAL CONTROL
regulation and control of all work operations. All results and processes have to
be documented. Trained and qualified employees and a modern equipped laboratory ensure
that all tests are carried out and regulations are complied with in accordance
This requires with the quality control policy, which includes

test and acceptance of incoming goods control of inspection, measuring and test equipment process and
process control production control
in-process inspection and test receiving inspection test
final inspection and test in-process inspection
final inspection
The minimum requirements for self-monitoring are derived from the monitoring­
regulations of the South German Plastic Center (SKZ), DIN guidlines and All internal quality controls are documented and recorded in accordance with
DVGW-worksheets, compliance with which is checked by neutral test insti- the quality control policy.
tutes as part of external monitoring.

Conformance to the standards is verified by independent institutes in form of


internal audits and laboratory tests.

aquatherm has many years of experience in extrusion and injection moulding


and is the market leader and pioneer in the manufacture of polypropylene pipe
systems.

This experience is reflected in internal quality standards and laid down proce-
dures, which are taken strongest note of and are documented by the constant
quality of our products.

32
QUALITY ASSURANCE

QUALITY ASSURANCE

Test and acceptance of incoming goods Final inspection and test

All incoming goods are subject to a test. This ensures that incoming After completion of the products, all final inspections specified in the test
products conform to specified requirements. Goods, which have not been plan are conducted. Only if it has been prooven that all the required tests are
tested are not released for production. fully documented and the results correspond to the optium system quality,
the products are send to the finished goods warehouse.
In-process inspection and test
The final inspection and test covers the following test procedures:
The quality plan requires that tests and inspections are carried out before
and during production. At the start of production all quality relevant data • Dimensional control
are checked by the quality assurance department. Preproduction samples • Surface finish
are tested by the laboratory technicians for • Measurement of the melt flow index
• Impact bending test
• Surface finish • Heat reversion test
• Dimensional accuracy of the test samples • Homogeneity of the material
• Data from extrusion and injection moulding machines • Internal pressure test

and whether they meet the specifications. Only if this is ensured, it will be In addition to the tests mentioned above, daily hygiene tests in accordance
released for production. The tests are carried out at the beginning of each with KTW / DVGW guidelines are carried out regularly in the company’s
series production in order to guarantee impeccable quality. own sensory analysis laboratory.

Process control

Ultrasonic measurement and process data recording in the field of extrusion


are only two examples of the extensive quality control process.

This equipment enables constant observation and control of production.

Ultrasonics automatically measure and report any deviations in tolerance


to the cutting device on the extrusion machine so that the sizing plant
automatically isolates a substandard product. This ensures that only perfect
quality products are packed and stored.

All data received during production is analyzed in detail.

33
QUALITY ASSURANCE

EXTERNAL CONTROL

External supervision consists of tests of a defined scope and in defined In Germany, the external supervision of the aquatherm green pipe system
intervals. The respective supervising institutions appoint authorized test is carried out by the
organizations to carry out these tests.
• SKZ (Süddeutsches Kunststoffzentrum in Würzburg)
The external supervision includes external tests of the products and • Institute for Hygiene, Gelsenkirchen (Hygieneinstitut in Gelsenkirchen)

a) internal audit of aquatherm’s quality assurance system and test who are authorized by the DVGW (German Institute for Gas and Water)
procedures, as controlling organization. The external supervision for certificates from
abroad is carried out in a similar way.
b) calibration of the test equipment and
Storage  /  packing  /  dispatch
c) hygienic and toxicity tests.
Upon successful release the products are stored in suitable warehouses.
The results of the supervisory visits as well as external tests made on pipe
and fitting samples are confirmed to aquatherm in test certificates. Internal instructions control the method of packing, storage and dispatch
of the products. The warehouse staff is responsible for control of the stored
product.

34
QUALITY ASSURANCE

QUALITY ASSURANCE
Systemspecific standards: Hygiene
The following laws, decrees, guidelines and standards have to be considered on
planning and designing aquatherm PP-R pipes for potable water and heating BfR Federal Institute for risk assignment
installations:*
Health assessment of plastics and non-metallic materials within the framework
Planning: of the law for foods and commodity goods for potable water applications

TrinkwV-2000 Regulation for Potable Water DVGW-working sheet W 270

DIN 2000 Central drinking water supply-Guidelines regarding requirements for Increase of Microorganism on Materials. Used for Potable Water Applications
potable water, planning, construction,operation and maintenance of plants – Test and Evaluation

EnEV Decree for Energy Saving BS 6920

DIN EN 806 Standard for Potable Water Installations “Suitability of non-metallic products for use in contact with water intended for
human consumption with regard to their effect on the quality of water.”
ISO 10508 Plastic pipe systems for hot and cold water installation –
Guideline for classification and dimensioning Local regulations and codes of practice must be observed. The same goes for
regulations regarding the use of chemicals.
All provided pipe-systems correspond to the technical conditions of the applica-
tion classes according to ISO 10508 for the field of potabel water and heating. *(Additional regional decrees and recommendations are disregarded.)

aquatherm green pipe for the classes 1, 2 (potable water), aquatherm blue pipe
for the classes 4 and 5 (heating). For the application of the classification system
(according to ISO 10508) the national regulations and the manufacturer´s inst-
ructions must be considered.

DIN 4109 Standard for the Elimination of Noise in the Field of Structural Engi-
neering

DIN 18381 Installation of Gas, Water and VOB Part C Sewage Pipes inside Buil-
dings

DIN 16928 Pipe Connections, Fittings, Installation

DVS 2207 Welding of Thermoplastics

DVS 2208 Welding Machines and Devices for Thermoplastics

aquatherm Technical Information

Systemspecific standards:
General quality requirements, dimensions

DIN 8077 Polypropylene (PP) Pipes, Dimensions

DIN 8078 Polypropylene (PP) Pipes, General Quality Requirements

DIN 16962ff Pipe Joint Assemblies and Fittings for Polypropylene Pressure Pipes

DIN EN ISO 15874ff Plastic pipe systems for hot and cold water installation;
polypropylene

DVGW-Working sheets

SKZ-Guidelines

DIN EN ISO 9000 ff.

35
36
FUSION

37
FUSION

PART A: TOOLS AND ACCESSOIRES

The professional processing of aquatherm PP-R medium pipes is made by


the following tools for the connection of insulated pipes and fittings by
socket welding or by butt-welding.

IMPORTANT!
Only use the original aquatherm equipment except devices and tools
Manual welding device 800W with welding tools 16–63 mm
which are especially approved by aquatherm.

1. aquatherm manual welding device (800 W) without welding tools (Art.


no. 50337) for medium pipes of dimension 16–63 mm

2. aquatherm manual welding device (1400W) without welding tools (Art.


no. 50341) for medium pipes of dimension 50–125 mm

3. aquatherm welding tools for manual welding devices

Art. no. 50206 16 mm


Art. no. 50208 20 mm
Art. no. 50210 25 mm
Art. no. 50212 32 mm
Art. no. 50214 40 mm Manual welding device 1400W with welding tools 50–125 mm
Art. no. 50216 50 mm
Art. no. 50218 63 mm
Art. no. 50220 75 mm
Art. no. 50222 90 mm
Art. no. 50224 110 mm
Art. no. 50226 125 mm

4. aquatherm welding machine (1400W) incl. welding tools 50–125 mm


(Art. no. 50148) for medium pipes of dimension 50–125 mm

5. aquatherm butt-welding-machines for medium pipes of dimension


160–630 mm

6. aquatherm electrical welding jig Art. no. 50159 for medium pipes of Welding machine
dimension 63–125 mm

Butt-welding machine two-ring-machine and accessories

Electrical welding jig


38
FUSION

PART A: ASSEMBLY OF WELDING TOOLS

1. a quatherm green pipe and aquatherm blue pipe system are processed
identically.

2. Assemble and tighten the cold welding tools manually.


A
Art. no. Passage Hole Branch Hole
3. Before fusing the distribution block, in which two connections are fused 30115 Ø 25 mm A+E Ø 20 mm A+C
simultaneously, the welding tools have to be placed into the respective 85123 Ø 20 mm A+B Ø 16 mm A+C
holes as described in the adjoing table A and drawing B.

4. All welding tools must be free from impurities. Check if they are clean
before assembling. If necessary clean the welding tools with a non
fibrous, coarse tissue and with methylated spirit.
B
E D C B A

35
50
60,00

85

Place the welding tools on the welding device so that there is full surface
contact between the welding tool and the heating plate. Welding tools
over Ø 40 mm must always be fitted to the rear position of the heating
plate.

Electric supply:

The power supply must coincide with the data on the type plate of the
welding device and must be protected according to the local regulations.
To avoid high power loss, the conductor cross-section of the used
extension cables must be selected according to the power input of the
welding devices.
CORRECT
6. Plug in the welding device. Depending on the ambient temperature it
takes 10–30 minutes to heat up the heating plate.

WRONG

39
FUSION

PART A: HEATING UP PHASE  /  HANDLING handle

Temperature pilot lamp


(yellow)
glows constantly while the
heat-up phase and blinks,
when the welding temperature
is achieved
Heating plate
Operating lamp (green)
glows constantly, as soon as
the device is connected with
the power supply system
Welding tools

Heat-up phase

7. During the heating up phase tighten the welding tools carefully with the 13. After welding, do not lay the the device on the Teflon coated tool, but put it
Allan key. down in the provided supporting stand.

Take care that the tools completely contact the heating plate. Never use 14. For a perfect fusion, damaged or dirty welding tools must be replaced, as
pliers or any other unsuitable tools, as this will damage the coating of the only impeccable tools guarantee a perfect connection.
welding tools.
15. Never attempt to open or repair a defective device. Return the defective
8. The temperature of 260 °C is required for the welding of aquatherm PP-R/ device for repair.
PP-PR pipes.
16. Check the operating temperature of aquatherm  welding devices regularly
According to DVS-Welding Guidelines the temperature of the welding de- by means of suitable measuring instruments.
vice has to be checked at its tool before starting the welding process.
Guidelines
This can be done with a fast indicating surface thermometer.
1. For the correct handling of welding machines the following must be ob-
ATTENTION: served: General Regulations for Protection of Labour and Prevention of Ac-
cidents and particularly the Regulations of the Employers’ Liability Insurance
First welding – earliest 5 minutes after reaching of the welding tempera- Association of the Chemical Industry regarding Machines for the Processing
ture. DVS 2207, Part 11. of Plastics, chapter: „Welding Machines and Welding Equipment“.

Handling 2. 
For the handling of aquatherm welding machines, devices and tools
please observe General Regulations DVS 2208 Part 1 of the German Asso-
9. A tool change on a heated device requires another check of the welding ciation for Welding Engineering, Registered Society (Deutscher Verband für
temperature at the new tool (after its heating up). ­Schweißtechnik e. V.).

10. If the device has been unplugged, e.g. during longer breaks, the
heating up process, has to be restarted (see item 6).

11. After use unplug the welding device and let it cool down. Water must never
be used to cool the welding device, as this will destroy the heating resist-
ances.

12. Protect aquatherm welding devices and tools against impurities. Burnt
particles may lead to an incorrect fusion. The tools may be cleaned with
aquatherm cleaning cloths, Art. no. 50193.

Always keep the welding tools dry.

40
FUSION

PART B: CHECKING OF DEVICES AND TOOLS

Check, if the aquatherm welding devices and tools comply with to the
guidelines “Fusion Part A”.

The devices and tools used must have reached the required operating tem-
perature of 260 °C for heating element socket welding or 210 °C for butt-
welding. This requires according to “Fusion Part A, item 8” a separate test,
which is indispensable (DVS-Welding Guidelines):

Suitable measuring instruments have to measure a temperature of up to


350 °C with a high accuracy.

NOTE: Measurement of temperature at the aquatherm manual welding device (800W )


aquatherm recommends the original aquatherm temperature measuring
device Art. no. 50188

PART B: PREPARATION FOR THE FUSION

1. Cut the pipe at right angles to the pipe axis. Only use aquatherm pipe
cutters or other suitable cutting pliers. Take care that the pipe axis is free
from burrs or cutting debris and remove where necessary. Measurement of temperature at the aquatherm welding machine

2. Mark the welding depth at the end of the pipe with the enclosed pencil
and template.

3. Mark the desired position of the fitting on the pipe and/or fitting. The
markings on the fitting and the uninterrupted line on the pipe may be used
as a guide.

Measurement of temperature at the aquatherm butt-welding machine

Cutting of the pipe

Marking of the welding depth 41


FUSION

PART B: HEATING OF PIPE AND FITTING

4. Push the end of the pipe, without turning, up to the marked welding depth
into the welding tool.

pipe dimension welding tool


mm Art. no.
16 – 32 50336
16 – 63 50337
75 – 125 50341 / 50148

It is essential to observe the aforementioned heating times.

ATTENTION: Heating-up of pipe and fitting

The heating time starts, when pipe and fitting have been pushed to the
correct welding depth on the welding tool. Not before!

PART B: SETTING AND ALIGNMENT

5. After the required heating time quickly remove pipe and fitting from the
welding tools. Join them immediately and without turning, until the marked
welding depth is covered by the PP-bead from the fitting.
Joining, fixing and…
ATTENTION:

Do not push the pipe too far into the fitting, as this would reduce the bore
and in an extreme case will close up the pipe.

6. The joint elements have to be fixed during the specified assembly time. Use
this time to correct the connection. Correction is restricted to the alignment
of pipe and fitting. Never turn the elements or align the connection after the
processing time.

7. After the required cooling time the fused joint is ready for use.
…aligning
The result of the fusion of pipe and fitting is a permanent material joining
of the system elements. Connection technique with security for a life-time.

The fusion is subject to the following parameters

Pipe Welding Heating Welding Cooling


external- Ø depth time time time

sec. sec.
mm mm sec. min.
DVS AQT*
20 14,5 5 8 4 2
25 16,0 7 11 4 2 The result: a permanent connection!
32 18,0 8 12 6 4
40 20,5 12 18 6 4
50 23,5 18 27 6 4
63 27,5 24 36 8 6
75 30,0 30 45 8 8 Dimension 160–630 mm:
90 33,0 40 60 8 8
110 37,0 50 75 10 8 The dimension 160–630 mm are joined by butt-welding.
125 40,0 60 90 10 8
Detailed information page 58–61.
ATTENTION: sec. AQT* heating times recommended by aquatherm at ambi-
ent temperatures below + 5 °C

The General Guidelines for Heated Tool Socket Welding


according to DVS 2207 Part 11 are applied hereupon.

42
FUSION

1.1
PART B: UNIVERSAL PEELING TOOLS

By using the aquatherm universal peeling tools the end pieces of the
aquatherm UV (UV-resistant) can be peeled. By the uniform removal of the
outer layer of the pipe any extension of the pipe system by electrofusion
socket or fitting is possible. The universal peeling tools are available in
the sizes Ø 20–125 mm (Art. no. 50479–50488). The peeling process is
done either mechanically or manually. For the mechanical processing two
attachment plates for pipe sizes Ø 20–63 mm (Art. no. 50499) and Ø 75–125
(Art. no. 50500) mm are available. For the mechanically processing of the
electrofusion sockets the peeler is extended by an attachment (Art. no.
50489–50498). The power drill should have a high torque.
1.2
1. INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE MECHANICAL PEELING PROCESS

1.1. The attachment plate is clamped with the hexagon bolt in the power
drill.

1.2. The peeler is fixed with its screws in the slot matching the diameter of
the attachment plate and rotated clockwise so that the peeler adheres
to the attachment plate.

1.3. The peeling tool clamped on the chuck is set by the lead to the end of
the pipe.

1.4. The peeling process starts with rotation of the peeling tool upon slight
1.3
force in axial direction. The peeling operation is completed when the
attachment plate strikes against the pipe end.

1.5. The pipe now can be welded by socket welding method.

2. INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE MECHANICAL PEELING PROCESS FOR


ELECTROFUSION SOCKETS

2.1. The extension is centered with the peeler through the superimposed
chamfer fit and fastened with three Allen screws.

2.2. The attachment plate is clamped with the hexagon bolt in the power
drill and connected with the peeling tool (see photo 1.2.).
1.4
2.3. The peeling process starts with rotation of the peeling tool upon slight
force in axial direction. The peeling operation is completed when the
carrier plate strikes against the pipe end.

2.4. The peeling tool is withdrawn from the pipe and the E-socket welding
process can start.

3. PEELING INSTRUCTIONS FOR MANUAL PEELING

3.1. For the manual peeling two handles are mounted at the peeling tool.

3.2. The peeling tool is pushed onto the untreated pipe up to the stop.
1.5
3.3. The peeling tool is turned clockwise as long as the marked peeling
depth (see table on the next page) is reached.

3.4. If the specified/marked peeling depth (see table) is reached, the pee-
ling tool is removed and the socket welding process can start. If the
electric socket can be used as a sliding sleeve, the peeling depth for
the electric socket welding (see table) must be doubled.

43
FUSION

2.1 chamfer fit


3.1

2.2 3.2

2.3 3.3

2.4 3.4

TABLE OF PEELING DEPTH:


SOCKET AND ELECTRIC SOCKET WELDING

Diameter Peeling depth Socket Peeling depth Diameter Peeling depth Socket Peeling depth Elec-
welding Electric socket welding tric socket welding
welding ø 63 32 mm 65 mm
ø 20 16 mm 39 mm
ø 75 34 mm 69 mm
ø 25 20 mm 43 mm
ø 90 37 mm 77 mm
ø 32 22 mm 45 mm
ø 110 42 mm 85 mm
ø 40 25 mm 50 mm
ø 125 44 mm 90 mm
ø 50 28 mm 56 mm

44
FUSION

PART C: WELD-IN SADDLES


aquatherm weld-in saddles are available for pipe outer diameter of
40–630 mm.

Weld in saddles are used for

• Branch connections in existing installations Drilling through the pipe wall


• The substitution of a reduction-tee
• Branch connections in risers
• Sensor wells, etc.

The maximum sensor well diameter is specified in the table on page 47.

1. Before starting the welding process, check whether the aquatherm wel-
ding devices and tools comply with the requirements of “Fusion Part A”.

2. The first step is to drill through the pipe wall at the intended outlet point Removal of the UV layer in case of the aquatherm UV-pipe
by using the aquatherm drill (Art. no. 50940–50958).
aquatherm saddle peeling tools for Art. no. Dimension
aquatherm green pipe
3. IMPORTANT! 50921 for weld-in saddles ø 20 & 25 mm
UV-pipes
ø 50–125 mm 50922 for weld-in saddles ø 32 mm
Only the UV layer of the aquatherm green pipe UV must be removed 50924 for weld-in saddles ø 40 mm
with the mentioned aquatherm special peeling drills mentioned in the 50926 for weld-in saddles ø 50 mm
table beside. 50928 for weld-in saddles ø 63 mm

For this the special peeling drill is inserted into the bore hole and swaied aquatherm saddle peeling tools for Art. no. Dimension
2–3 times with light pressure and low rotating speed between the pipe aquatherm green pipe UV-pipes 50421 for weld-in saddles ø 20 & 25 mm
walls until the UV layer is completely peeled off. ø 160–250 mm
50422 for weld-in saddles ø 32 mm
50424 for weld-in saddles ø 40 mm
Remove burrs, debris and other dirts with a chamfering tool or the aqua-
50426 for weld-in saddles ø 50 mm
therm cleaning wipes. Do not touch the peeled surface any more and
protect it from new pollution. 50428 for weld-in saddles ø 63 mm

4. The welding device / saddle welding tool must have reached the required
operating temperature of 260 °C (check with reference to “Fusion Part B,
item 2”).

5. The welding surfaces have to be clean and dry.

6. Insert the heating tool on the concave side of the weld in saddle tool
into the hole drilled in the pipe wall until the tool is completely in
contact with the outer wall of the pipe. Next the weld-in saddle tool is The welding tool is inserted into the pipe wall …
inserted into the heating sleeve until the saddle surface is up against
the convex side of the welding tool. The heating time of the elements is
generally 30 seconds.

7. After the welding tool has been removed, the weld-in saddle tool is im-
mediately inserted into the heated, drilled hole. Then the weld-in saddle
should be pressed on the pipe for about 15 seconds. After being allowed
to cool for 10 minutes the connection can be exposed to its full loading.
The appropriate branch pipe is fitted into the sleeve on the aquatherm
weld-in saddle using conventional fusion technology. …heating-up of the elements

By fusing the weld-in saddle with the pipe outer surface and the pipe
inner wall the connection reaches highest stability.

joining

Ready!
45
FUSION

PART C: WELD-IN SADDLES


Special Special
D d l Drill
Art. no. Dimension peeling drill1 peeling drill1
mm mm mm Art. no. Art. no. Art. no.
15156 40/20 mm 40 25 27.0 50940 50921 50614
15158 40/25 mm 40 25 28.0 50940 50921 50614
15160 50/20 mm 50 20 27.0 50940 50921 50616
15162 50/25 mm 50 25 28.0 50940 50921 50616
15164 63/20 mm 63 20 27.0 50940/50941 50921 50619
15166 63/25 mm 63 25 28.0 50940/50941 50921 50619
15168 63/32 mm 63 32 30.0 50942 50922 50620
15170 75/20 mm 75 20 27.0 50940/50941 50921 50623
15172 75/25 mm 75 25 28.0 50940/50941 50921 50623
15174 75/32 mm 75 32 30.0 50942 50922 50624
15175 75/40 mm 75 40 34.0 50944 50924 50625
15176 90/20 mm 90 20 27.0 50940/50941 50921 50627
15178 90/25 mm 90 25 28.0 50940/50941 50921 50627
15180 90/32 mm 90 32 30.0 50942 50922 50628
15181 90/40 mm 90 40 34.0 50944 50924 50629
15182 110/20 mm 110 20 27.0 50940/50941 50921 50631
15184 110/25 mm 110 25 28.0 50940/50941 50921 50631
15186 110/32 mm 110 32 30.0 50942 50922 50632
15188 110/40 mm 110 40 34.0 50944 50924 50634
15189 110/50 mm 110 50 34.0 50946 50926 50635
15190 125/20 mm 125 20 27.0 50940/50941 50921 50636
15192 125/25 mm 125 25 28.0 50940/50941 50921 50636
15194 125/32 mm 125 32 30.0 50942 50922 50638
15196 125/40 mm 125 40 34.0 50944 50924 50640
15197 125/50 mm 125 50 34.0 50946 50926 50642
15198 125/63 mm 125 63 38.0 50948 50928 50644
15206 160/20 mm 160 20 27.5 50940/50941 50421 50648
15208 160/25 mm 160 25 28.5 50940/50941 50421 50648
15210 160/32 mm 160 32 30.0 50942 50422 50650
15212 160/40 mm 160 40 34.0 50944 50424 50652
15214 160/50 mm 160 50 34.0 50946 50426 50654
15216 160/63 mm 160 63 38.0 50948 50428 50656
15218 160/75 mm 160 75 42.0 50987** - 50657
15220 160/90 mm 160 90 45.0 50988** - 50658
15228 200–250/20 mm 200–250 20 27.5 50941 50421 50660 / 50672
15229 200–250/25 mm 200–250 25 28.5 50941 50421 50660 / 50672
15230 200–250/32 mm 200–250 32 30 50942 50422 50662 / 50674
15231 200/40 mm 200 40 34 50944 50424 50664
15232 200/50 mm 200 50 34 50946 50426 50666
15233 200/63 mm 200 63 37.5 50948 50428 50668
15234 200/75 mm 200 75 42.0 50987** - 50667
15235 200/90 mm 200 90 42.0 50988** - 50669
15236 200/110 mm 200 110 49.0 50989** - 50670
15237 200/125 mm 200 125 55.0 50990** - 50671
15251 250/40 mm 250 40 34 50944 50424 50676
15252 250/50 mm 250 50 34 50946 50426 50678
1) only for aquatherm blue pipe OT faser composite pipes, Art. no. 2170708–2170138

15253 250/63 mm 250 63 37.5 50948 50428 50680


15254 250/75 mm 250 75 42.0 50987** - 50682
15255 250/90 mm 250 90 45.0 50988** - 50684
15256 250/110 mm 250 110 49.0 50989** - 50686
15257 250/125 mm 250 125 55.0 50990** - 50688
15260 315/63 mm 315 63 37,5 50948 - 50690
15261 315/75 mm 315 75 42,0 50987** - 50692
15262 315/90 mm 315 90 45,0 50988** - 50694
** only in conjunction with the aquatherm hole saw system

15263 315/110 mm 315 110 49,0 50989** - 50696


15264 315/125 mm 315 125 55,0 50990** - 50698
15268 355/90 mm 355 90 45,0 50988** - 50716
15269 355/110 mm 355 110 49,0 50989** - 50718
15270 355/125 mm 355 125 55,0 50990** - 50720
315265 315/160 mm 315 160 80,0 50991** - 50699
315271 355/160 mm 355 160 80,0 50991** - 50722
15265 315/160 mm 315 160 80,0 50991** - 50699
15271 355/160 mm 355 160 - 50991** - 50722
15275 400–500/75 mm 400–500 75 - 50987** - 50728
15277 400–450/110 mm 400–500 110 - 50989** - 50736
15278 400/125 mm 400 125 - 50990** - 50742
15288 400–500/90 m 400–500 90 - 50988** - 50732
15290 450–500/125 m 400–500 125 - 50990** - 50744
15300 400–630/63 mm 400 63 - 50948 - 50726
15303 500–560/110 mm 500–560 110 - 50989** - 50738
15315 560–630/75 mm 560–630 75 - 50987** - 50730
15316 560–630/90 mm 560–630 90 - 50988** - 50734
15318 560–630/125 mm 560–630 125 - 50990** - 50746
15331 630/110 mm 630 110 - 50989** - 50740

46
FUSION

PART C: WELD-IN SADDLES

Special
D d l Sensorwells Drill peeling Tool
drill1
Art. no. Dimension

mm mm mm Art. no. Art. no. Art. no. Art. no.

28214 40/25 x 1/2" f 40 1/2" 39,0 14 50940 50921 50614


28216 50/25 x 1/2" f 50 1/2" 39,0 14 50940 50921 50616
28218 63/25 x 1/2" f 63 1/2" 39,0 14 50940/50941 50921 50619
28220 75/25 x 1/2" f 75 1/2" 39,0 14 50940/50941 50921 50623
28222 90/25 x 1/2" f 90 1/2" 39,0 14 50940/50941 50921 50627
28224 110/25 x 1/2" f 110 1/2" 39,0 14 50940/50941 50921 50631
28226 125/25 x 1/2" f 125 1/2" 39,0 14 50940/50941 50921 50636
28230 160/25 x 1/2" f 160 1/2" 39,0 14 50940/50941 50921 50648
28232 200–250/25 mm x 1/2" f 200–250 1/2" 39,0 14 50941 50921 50660/50672
28234 40/25 x 3/4" f 40 3/4" 39,0 16 50940 50920 50614
28236 50/25 x 3/4" f 50 3/4" 39,0 16 50940 50921 50616
28238 63/25 x 3/4" f 63 3/4" 39,0 16 50940/50941 50921 50619
28240 75/25 x 3/4" f 75 3/4" 39,0 16 50940/50941 50921 50623
28242 90/25 x 3/4" f 90 3/4" 39,0 16 50940/50941 50921 50627
28244 110/25 x 3/4" f 110 3/4" 39,0 16 50940/50941 50921 50631
28246 125/25 x 3/4" f 125 3/4" 39,0 16 50940/50941 50921 50636
28250 160/25 x 3/4" f 160 3/4" 39,0 16 50940/50941 50921 50648
28254 200–250/25 mm x 3/4" f 200–250 3/4" 39,0 16 50941 50921 50660/50672
28260 75/32 x 1" f 75 1" 43,0 20 50942 50922 50624
28262 90/32 x 1" f 90 1" 43,0 20 50942 50922 50628
28264 110/32 x 1" f 110 1" 43,0 20 50942 50922 50632
28266 125/32 x 1" f 125 1" 43,0 20 50942 50922 50638
28270 160/32 x 1" f 160 1" 43,0 20 50942 50922 50650
28274 200–250/32 mm x 1" f 200–250 1" 43,0 20 50942 50922 50662/50674

Special
D d l Drill peeling drill1 Tool
Art. no. Dimension
mm mm mm Art. no. Art. no. Art. no.

28314 40/25 x 1/2" m 40 1/2" 55,0 50940 50921 50614


28316 50/25 x 1/2" m 50 1/2" 55,0 50940 50921 50616
28318 63/25 x 1/2" m 63 1/2" 55,0 50940/50941 50921 50619
28320 75/25 x 1/2" m 75 1/2" 55,0 50940/50941 50921 50623
28322 90/25 x 1/2" m 90 1/2" 55,0 50940/50941 50921 50627
28324 110/25 x 1/2" m 110 1/2" 55,0 50940/50941 50921 50631
28326 125/25 x 1/2" m 125 1/2" 55,0 50940/50941 50921 50636
28330 160/25 x 1/2" m 160 1/2" 55,0 50940/50941 50921 50648
28334 40/25 x 3/4" m 40 3/4" 56,0 50940 50921 50614
28336 50/25 x 3/4" m 50 3/4" 56,0 50940 50921 50616
28338 63/25 x 3/4" m 63 3/4" 56,0 50940/50941 50921 50619
28340 75/25 x 3/4" m 75 3/4" 56,0 50940/50941 50921 50623
28342 90/25 x 3/4" m 90 3/4" 56,0 50940/50941 50921 50627
28344 110/25 x 3/4" m 110 3/4" 56,0 50940/50941 50921 50631
28346 125/25 x 3/4" m 125 3/4" 56,0 50940/50941 50921 50636
28350 160/25 x 3/4" m 160 3/4" 56,0 50940/50941 50921 50648
1
only for aquatherm blue pipe OT faser composite pipes, Art. no. 2170708–2170138

47
FUSION

PART C: WELD-ON SADDLE

Drilling of aquatherm PP pipes with the hot tapping tool


Art. no. 50890 under pressure.

The aquatherm weld-on saddle set (consisting of ball valve, pipe and saddle
in the dimensions 40 mm and 63 mm) is used for the additional installation
of branch connections.
The PP-R pipes aquatherm green pipe and aquatherm blue pipe with the
pipe structure S, MF and MF UV in the dimensions 75–630 mm can be
drilled under pressure. Hot tapping device Art.no. 50890

SAFETY INSTRUCTION:
The medium pressure (e.g. water) in the main pipe of 6 bar and the medium
temperature of max. 60 °C must not be exceeded.
1

1. Preparation and fusion

After removal of the oxide layer on the main pipe and the cleaning of the
welding surfaces, the welding device is placed with the weld-on saddle
tool on the surfaces to be welded. Under gentle pressure and a warm-up
time of 90 sec. an even bead must be there on the welding surfaces.
After a warm-up time, the component is placed quickly on the main pipe.
The component is fixed and aligned on the main pipe for max. 15 sec-
onds. The connection is fully able to work under pressure after a cooling 1. Welding-on of weld-on saddle set onto the main pipe
time of 15 minutes.

2. Assembly of the hot tapping tool 2

The hot tapping tool is screwed onto the component with the retracted
drill rod, which is secured by the clamping claw. The screw connection on
the ball valve is tightened by hand. After the ball valve has been opened,
the welded component in conjunction with the hot tapping tool is tested
for leaks with water or air.

3. Drilling process
2. Assembly of the hot tapping tool onto the component
When the clamping claw is loosened, the drill rod is pushed until the
drilling tool contacts the pipe. Depending on the branch size, the appro-
priate feed rate must be set. The drilling is carried out by actuating the 3
ratchet handle and simultaneously by giving a manually sensitive feed
on the feed handles. After completion of the drilling and the release of
the clamping claw, the drill rod is lead back to the stop by hand. Caution:
The drill rod can rebound by the pressure in the pipe. The ball valve is
then closed and the hot tapping device is relieved of pressure.

4. Disassembly

Detach the hot tapping device by holding the screw on the ball valve
and remove it from the component. Pull the drill rod out of the hot tap-
ping device and screw the drilling tool from the drill rod using a suitable
wrench or armature tongs. 3. Start of the drilling process

4. Removal of the drilling residues out of the drilling tool


48
FUSION

PART D: PULLING JIG (HITCH)

Note

The following description of the electric pulling jig applies to the type of
the year 2013.

Operation and fusion

With the help of the electric pulling jig, all aquatherm polypropylene pipes
and fittings in dimensions from 63 to 125 mm are in a very simple manner
without any effort welded together.

Also the pulling jig simplifies the welding of pipes and fittings under ceilings,
in narrow shafts and other hard-to-reach places.

1
Preparation for the fusion

Mark the welding depth with the included green marking template on the
pipe end (Fig. 1). In addition, the clamping depth is measured 2 cm from the
welding depth marking and marked again (Fig. 2 + 3).

49
FUSION

4
PART D: PULLING JIG (HITCH)

Preparation for the fusion

The pulling jig is now placed on the fitting or pipe to be welded with the
clamping jaws (Fig. 4).

The two arrows of the jaws and the machine must be flush with each other.
The jaws are to be fixed with the help of the clamping device (Fig. 5).

Align the pipe so that the rear marking is flush with the inner edge of the
clamping jaw. The front marking identifies the welding depth (Fig. 6).

Lock pipe and fitting by using the front adjusting screws (Fig. 7). 5

Never clamp so tight that deformations appear. Additionally, with the fitting
support, all fittings are supported. The support is mounted on the clamping
jaw for fittings (Fig. 8).

50
FUSION

9
PART D: PULLING JIG (HITCH)

Fusion

Hold the welding device between pipe and fitting and ride machine carriage
in batches together (pay attention to the welding depth).

Basically the jaws must be released after the insertion of pipe and fitting in
the welding tool by a short return of the machine (3–7 mm)! The jaws must
always be parallel to each other (Fig. 9 +10).

After finishing of the warm-up drive the machine carriage apart and remove
the welding device (Fig. 11).
10
Ride the jaws together again and release the clamping jaws again by a
short return of the machine (3–7 mm) (Fig. 12).

CAUTION:
Jaws may be released only after the specified cooling time!

Pipe and fitting are now joined by fusion to a material unit (Fig. 13).

11

The fusion is subject to the following parameters

Pipe Welding Heating Welding Cooling


external- Ø depth time time time 12
sec. sec.
mm mm sec. min.
DVS AQT*
63 27,5 24 36 8 6
75 30,0 30 45 8 8
90 33,0 40 60 8 8
110 37,0 50 75 10 8
125 40,0 60 90 10 8

ATTENTION: sec. AQT* heating times recommended by aquatherm at am-


bient temperatures below + 5 °C

The General Guidelines for Heated Socket Welding according to DVS 13


2207, Part 11 are applied hereupon.

51
FUSION

PART E: AQUATHERM WELDING MACHINE

for stationary processing 50–125 mm

precise pre-assembly and facilitation by hand creek

clamping jaws 50–125 mm, tools 50–125 mm

Scope of supply:
wooden transport box, slide with sub construction, clamping jaws 50–125
mm, welding tools 50–125 mm, stay with rolls

For welding of aquatherm green pipe/aquatherm blue pipe a welding tem-


perature of 260 °C at the welding tools is necessary (see page 41).

Instructions for use can be taken from the attached operation manual.

The fusion is subject to the following parameters

Pipe Welding Heating Welding Cooling


external- Ø depth time time time

sec. sec. Dimension 160–630 mm:


mm mm sec. min.
DVS AQT*
50 23,5 18 27 6 4 The dimension 160–630 mm are joined by butt-welding.
63 27,5 24 36 8 6
75 30,0 30 45 8 8 Detailed information on page 58–61.
90 33,0 40 60 8 8
110 37,0 50 75 10 8
125 40,0 60 90 10 8

ATTENTION: sec. AQT* heating times recommended by aquatherm at am-


bient temperatures below + 5 °C

The General Guidelines for Heated Socket Welding according to DVS


2207, Part 11 are applied hereupon.

52
FUSION

PART E: WELDING MACHINE PRISMA-LIGHT

Welding machine prisma-light with heating plate without tools

Clamping fixture for fixing the prisma-light e. g. at the work bench

1. Check machine: temperature lamp blinks after reaching the welding


temperature (260 °C), adjust clamping jaws 63–125 mm coarsely. Mark
welding depth with the template at the pipe.

2. Fix the fitting against the clamping jaws.

3. Place the pipe loose in the opposite clamping jaws.

4. Position the welding device centrically to the pipe-fitting axis and


remove it.

5. Lock the front calibration knob and drive up the slide as far as it will go.

6. In this position push the pipe against the fitting and fix it with the
clamping jaws.

7. Regulate the welding time according to the table on page 52, place the
welding device and push the fitting and pipe slowly as far as it will go
up to the marking.

8. The heating time starts when pipe and fitting are completely pushed on
the tool. When heating time is complete slide return the slide, remove
the heating device quickly and join the pipe and fitting.

9. Consider cooling times from the table on page 52.

More detailed information can be found in the enclosed operating manuals.

53
FUSION

PART F: ELECTROFUSION DEVICE

Fusion

The aquatherm electrofusion device was specially developed for


electrofusion sockets from Ø 20–250 mm.

The fusion of 160–250 mm aquatherm blue pipe MF OT with the electrofusion


socket is not possible.

Technical information:

supply voltage: 230 V (nominal voltage)


nominal capacity: 2.800 VA, 80 % ED
rated frequency: 50–60 Hz
protection class: IP 54 aquatherm  electrofusion device Ø 20–250 mm

1. General and inspection

Cleanliness is – besides correct workmanship – the most important


precondition for a correct fusion. For keeping the sockets clean do not
unwrap them before processing.

The pipe surface must also be clean and undamaged. Deformed pipe
ends must be cut off.

All parts of the system to be fused as well the temperature sensors shall
have the same temperature (e.g. sun radiation or unadapted storing
may cause differences in temperature!) within the acceptable range of
temperature (e.g. +5 °C to 40 °C according to DVS 2207).

2. Preparation
aquatherm electrofusion socket
Follow carefully the order of working steps!

Preparation is one of the most important steps of the electrofusion


process!

2.1 Cut the ends of the pipes rectangularly and deburr them thoroughly

2.2 Clean and dry the ends of the pipes at the necessary length

2.3 Mark the depth of aquatherm electro-fusion-socket on the end of


the pipe

aquatherm peeling tool for dimensions from 110–250 mm

Welding depth up to 250 mm


ø 20 25 32 40 50 63 75 90 110 125 160 200 250
ET 35,0 39,0 40,0 46,0 51,0 59,0 65,0 72,5 80,0 86,0 93,0 105,0 125,0

54
FUSION

PART F: ELECTROFUSION DEVICE

Fusion

Peel the surface of both pipes up to the marks thoroughly with a peeling
tool (use the aquatherm peeling tool with the respective pipe diameter)

IMPORTANT!

Before the fusion peel off the oxygen barrier layer of the aquatherm blue
pipe OT and the UV-layer of the faser composite pipe UV completely to the
stop by using the universal peeling tools considering the pipe diameter.
Cut the pipes to be welded, peel, clean and dry thoroughly with a lint-free cloth or
By turning the adjusting screw clockwise to the stop, the peeling tools can paper
be adjusted into small depths (sockets), by turning them counter clockwise
up to the stop they can be adjusted into big peeling depth (electrofusion
sockets).

Clean again thoroughly

Without complete peeling of the fusion surface a homogeneous and tight


welding connection is not assured. Damages of the surface like axial
grooves and scratches are not accepted in the fusion zone. Never touch
peeled surfaces and protect them against dirt and grease. Start the fusion
process within 30 mins after peeling.

3. Assembling the electrofusion sockets Clean the electrofusion socket´s inner surface with a lint-free cloth or paper.
Remove moisture that may occur immediately before the welding process again.
Avoid soiling and fix all parts securely!

3.1. Open the protective wrapping of the aquatherm electrofusion sockets


(cut with knife along the edge of the bore), leaving the rest of the foil
intact. Clean the inside of the fitting carefully with aquatherm cleaning
wipes. The socket must be dry after cleaning. Assemble the fitting
within 30 mins after opening of the protective foil.

3.2 Push the aquatherm electrofusion sockets on the clean and dry end of
the pipe (up to the marked depth). Use pressing clamps if necessary.

Push the electrofusion socket onto the pipe end

55
FUSION

PART F: ELECTROFUSION DEVICE

Remove the protective foil completely and push the other prepared pipe
end into the aquatherm electro-fusion sockets tighten in the fixation.

Leave the pipes, free from bending stress or own weight, within the
aquatherm electrofusion socket. The socket is movable at both pipe ends
after assembling. The air gap has to be even around the circumference.
Pipes and fittings must be welded stress-free.

4. Fusion process

4.1 Position the fitting with even air gap around the circumference. Push the second pipe – also peeled and cleaned – into the socket

4.2 Regulate fusion equipment for the right fusion parameter.

4.3 Compare the indications of the fusion equipment with the parameters
of the label.

4.4 Start and watch the fusion process.

Do not move or stress pipe and fitting during the whole fusion process and
cooling time.

5. Cooling time and pressure test

A fused pipe-joint shall not be moved (no release of the fixation) or stressed
before complete cooling. WRONG RIGHT
For a stable welding result it is important that both pipe ends inside the electrofusion
The minimum required cooling time is marked on each aquatherm socket are with parallel faces! Follow the minimum welding depth – absolutely!
electrofusion socket. Ambient temperatures of more than 25 °C or strong
sun-radiation need longer cooling times.

Working pressure

The operation pressure can be taken from the imprint on the electric
welding socket. The relation between working temperature, pressure load
and service life is given in the tables “Permissible working pressure.”

For further information concerning electrofusion socket and details


about the aquatherm electrofusion device read the enclosed operating
instructions.
Please ensure, that
the contacts cannot
slip out.

Adjust the socket diameter on the welding device. Start and control welding process.
Keep the cooling time. Finished!

Minimum
Kind of stress Compressive stress
waiting period

Tension, bend, torsion


20 minutes
of unpressurized pipes

Test- or working up to 0.1 bar (1.5 psi) 20 minutes


pressure of pipes 0.1 up to 1 bar (1.5–14.5 psi) 60 minutes
pressurized over 1 bar (14.5 psi) 120 minutes

Repeating of the 60 minutes


welding process

56
FUSION

REPAIR OPTIONS

Pipe repairs with the aquatherm green pipe electrofusion socket

Cut squarely 3 to 4 lengths of a fitting out of the defect pipe, symmetrically


to the defect. Fit the new pipe into this gap. Prepare the pipe ends of the
existing pipe as in the case ofa new welding.

Peel the new piece of pipe on both sides with the peeling tool on a length
of more than the length of one fitting.

Unwrap two fittings and carefully move the fittings over both ends of the
new pipe.

Then place the repair-pipe into the gap and move the fittings until they are
aligned with the markings on the existing pipes.

Take care, that the fittings are exactly aligned and completely free of stress Heat-up
before welding.

Additional possibilities of repair

Damaged pipes may be repaired by means of

fusion (see Part B)


electrofusion socket (see Part F).

In addition to this the aquatherm PP-R/PP-RP systems offers the possibility


of the

pipe repair stick.

The required welding tool (Art. no. 50307 / 11) and repair stick (Art. no.
60600) are described on page 159.
Repair stick Cutting
The installation information is enclosed with the welding tool, but may also
be ordered separately (Order-No. D 11450) from aquatherm.

57
FUSION
Before welding, pipes are cut into the required lengths

PART G: BUTT-WELDING OF PIPE DIMENSION


160–630 mm

The following aquatherm pipes series are available:

aquatherm green pipe SDR 11 S for cold water

aquatherm green pipe SDR 7.4 / 9 / 11 MF faser-composite pipe

aquatherm blue pipe SDR 11 / 17.6 MF faser-composite pipe Check performance of the welding machine and heat it up

aquatherm blue pipe SDR 11 MF OT faser-composite pipe

Pipes and fittings are fused, as explained below, by butt welding:

1. Protect your place of work from weather influences

2. Check, if welding machine works properly and heat it up

3. Cut pipes into required length

4. Plastic pipes are aligned and fixed by means of the clamping


The parts to be welded are fixed and aligned respectively, the milling machine is used
elements

5. Use the milling machine for planing the pipe end to be plane-
parallel

6. Remove the debris and clean the pipe ends with methylated spirit

7. Check if pipes match (tolerance: max. 0.1 x wall thickness)

8. Check width of gap between the two pipes to be welded


(tolerance: max. 0.5 mm)

9. Check the temperature of the heating element (210 °C +/- 10 °C)

10. Clean the heating element

IMPORTANT:
Before welding, the side to be welded of the aquatherm green pipe UV
must be chamfered with the aquatherm chamfering tool (page 161).

To ensure an optimal weld joint, the heating plates‘ surfaces have to be
cleaned before each welding process and be free of visible and invisible
residues.

Chamfering of the front side in case of the UV pipe


58
FUSION

PART G: BUTT-WELDING OF PIPE DIMENSION


160–630 MM

11. After the heating element has been positioned, the pipes are pushed onto
the heating plate with a defined adjusting pressure.

12. After reaching the specified bead height (see tablet) the pressure is reduced.
This process marks the beginning of the heating time. This time is for hea-
ting up the pipe ends up to the right welding temperature.

Specified bead height in mm: Positioning of heating element


SDR 7,4 SDR 11 SDR 9 SDR 17,6
160 mm 1,5 1,0 1,0 1,0
200 mm 2,0 1,0 1,5 1,0
250 mm 2,0 1,5 2,0 1,0
315 mm - 2,0 2,0 1,0
355 mm - 2,0 2,5 1,5
400 mm - 2,0 - 1,5
450 mm - 2,5 - 1,5
500 mm - - 2,0
560 mm - - 2,0
630 mm - - 2,0
Divide the machine slide, remove heating element
13. When heating time has expired, divide the machine slide, remove heating
element quickly and join the pipes (by putting both parts of the slide together).

14. The pipes are fused with the required welding pressure and cooled down
under pressure.

15. The welded connection can be unclamped – the welding process is finished.

Additionally please follow the instructions given in the operating manual of


the welding machine and observe guideline DVS 2207, part 11.

Important Note

1. The welding machines have to be suitable for the welding of pipes with a
diameter/wall thickness ratio of up to SDR 7.4 Join the pipes, cool down under pressure

aquatherm recommends the following manufacturers of welding machines for


butt welding:

Company Ritmo
Company Widos

2. For hydraulically operated welding machines, the real manometer pressure


has to be calculated in consideration of the hydraulic piston area.

This value can be taken from the respective operating manuals.

Unclamp and work on...

59
FUSION

Visual inspection of fusion seam – Misalignment and gap width for butt welding

Gap width up to 355 mm outer diameter = 0.5 mm The misalignment cannot be more than 10% of the wall thickness or max. 2 mm
Gap width from 400 mm to 630 mm outer diameter = 1 mm

Welding defects during butt-welding

Normally a bead around the entire circumference is formed at the edge of the socket during the welding process. This bead indicates the proper welding.
It is important to assure that the following welding defects are avoided:

Cracks Grooves in the bead

Grooves and scratches Misalignment of the joining area

Tilting of the joining area Uneven welding bead

Lack of fusion at the joining area Pores, voids and inclusion of impurities

60
FUSION

Correct butt welded seam

The visual inspection may be only a first indication of the welding seam quality.
It is not a replacement for the leak test, which has to be carried out after the completion of the installation.

Requirements for welding

9
99 9 9
9
9 9
9 9
9 The immediate welding area is to be protected against bad climatic conditions (e.g. wind, moisture and low temperatures).
9 9

If the pipes are heated unevenly as a result of sun exposure, temperature compensation by timely covering of the welding area is to be
created. Cooling down by draft during the welding process should be avoided.

Cleaning For perfect welding joints, both the welding areas and tools must be clean and free of grease.

61
FUSION

FLANGE CONNECTIONS
THE FOLLOWING MUST BE OBSERVED
IN THE USE OF FLANGE CONNECTIONS:

Flange adapter respectively the sealing surfaces must always be aligned In order to achieve proper force distribution (surface pressure) acting on the
parallel to each other. A subsequent tightening of the flange connection after seal, note the following:
the welding process must be avoided. It is important to ensure that the flange
faces are clean and undamaged. – Screw joints must be tightened diagonally and evenly
– Torque information on the individual flanges must be observed (see table)
The screw length should be selected so that the screw thread is as flush as
possible, maximum two threads from the nut. To distribute the force of the For flange connections, exposed to a mutual load, take care that they are
screw head and the nut over a larger area, washers are used. Screws, nuts and checked as part of the maintenance and retightened, if necessary.
washers must be clean and undamaged.

TORQUE FLANGE according to manufacturer´s instructions TIGHTENING SEQUENCE

Art. no. Dimension DN Nm Number Criss-Cross Pattern


specification of screws Tightening Sequence
15712 32 mm 25 15 4 1 - 3 - 2 - 4
15714 40 mm 32 20 8 1 - 5 - 3 - 7 - 2 - 6 - 4 - 8
15716 50 mm 40 30
12 1 - 7 - 4 - 10 - 2 - 8 - 5 - 11 - 3 - 9 - 6 - 12
15718 63 mm 50 35
1 - 9 - 5 - 13 - 3 - 11 - 7 - 15 - 2 - 10 - 6 - 14 -
15720 75 mm 65 40 16
4 - 12 - 8 - 16
15722 90 mm 80 40
1 - 11 - 6 - 16 - 3 - 13 - 8 - 18 - 5 - 15 - 10 - 20 -
15724 110 mm ohne 50 20
4 - 14 - 9 - 19 - 7 - 17 - 2 - 12
15726 125 mm 100 50
Following the table, tighten the given screw number to the desired torque va-
15730 160 mm 125 60
lue for the given round of tightening.
15734 200 mm 150 75
15738 250 mm 200 95
15742 315 mm 250 100 1 2
15744 355 mm 300 100 1 2

8 3
15746 400 mm 350 244–366
4 screws 8 screws
15748 450 mm 400 271–407 7 4
15750 500 mm 450 271–407
4 3
15752 560 mm 500 353–529 6 5

15754 630 mm 500 393–590

1 2
12 3

11 4
12 screws
10 5

9 6
8 7

1 2 1 2
16 3 20 3
19 4
15 4 5
18
14 5 17 6
16 screws 16
20 screws 7
13 6
15 8
12 7
14 9
11 8 13 10
10 9 12 11

62
INSTALLATION PRINCIPLES

FASTENING TECHNIQUE  /  FIXED POINTS  / INSTALLATION ADVICE  /  LINEAR EXPANSION  /


SLIDING POINTS CONCEALED INSTALLATION

Fastening technique Installation advices

Pipe clamps for aquatherm pipes must be dimensioned for the external aquatherm pipe clamps are perfectly suited for fixed point and sliding point
diameter of the plastic pipe. installations.

Take care, that the fastening material does not mechanically damage the The application of distance rings depends on the type of pipe.
surface of the pipe (aquatherm pipe clamps Art. no.: 60516–60660).

All pipes should be fastened with only aquatherm’s green rubber compound MF Pipes
fasteners, with expansion spacers, or other as deemed equal or approved (faser
by aquatherm and /or the project’s Hydraulic Consultant. composite pipe)
Fastening
&
Basically it must be distinguished on pipe assembly, whether the fastening S Pipes
material is used as (single layer)
a fixed point or
a sliding point.
Sliding Point 1 distance ring
Fixed points

On locating fixed points the pipelines are divided into individual sections.
This avoids uncontrolled movements of the pipe. Fixed point no distance ring

In principle fixed points have to be measured and installed in a way, that


the forces of expansion of aquatherm pipes as well as probable additional
loads are accommodated.
Linear expansion
On using threaded rods or threaded screws the drop from the ceiling should
be as short as possible. Swinging clamps should not be used as fixed points. The linear expansion of pipes depends on the difference of operating
temperature to installation temperatur:
Basically vertical distributions can be installed. Risers do not require DT = Toperating temperature - Tinstallation temperature
expansion loops, provided that fixed points are located immediately before
or after a branch. Therefore cold water pipes have practically no linear expansion.

To compensate the forces arising from the linear expansion of the pipe Because of the heat dependent expansion of the material, the linear
there must be sufficient and stable clamps and mountings. expansion must especially be considered in case of hot and heating
installations. This requires a distinction of the types of installation, e.g.
aquatherm pipe clamps meet all mentioned requirements and – when
considering the following installation instructions – are perfect for fixed • Concealed installation
point installations. • Installation in ducts
• Open installation.
Sliding points
Concealed installation
Sliding clamps have to allow axial pipe movements without damaging the
pipe.
Concealed installations generally do not require a consideration of the
expansion of aquatherm pipes.
On locating a sliding clamp it has to be ensured that movements of the
pipelines are not hindered by fittings or armatures installed next to the
The insulation according to DIN 1988 or the EnEV (energy saving regulation)
clamps.
provides enough expansion space for the pipe. In the case where the
expansion is greater than the room to move in the insulation, the material
aquatherm pipe clamps have an extra even and sliding surface of the sound
absorbs any stress arising from a residual expansion.
insulation insert.
The same applies to pipes, which do not have to be insulated according to
current regulations.

A temperature induced linear expansion is prevented by the embedding


in the floor, concrete or plaster. The compressive strain and tensile stress
arising from this are not critical as they are absorbed by the material itself.

63
INSTALLATION PRINCIPLES

INSTALLATION IN DUCTS  1

Installation in ducts (vertical)

Due to the different linear expansion of the aquatherm pipes with or


without stabilization, the installation of pipe branches in risers has to be
made according to the selected type of pipe.

aquatherm green pipe MF


Positioning of the fixed point clamp
aquatherm blue pipe MF

The linear expansion of aquatherm faser composite pipes in vertical risers 2


can be ignored.

The positioning of a fixed point directly before each branch-off point is


sufficient. All clamps in the riser must be installed as fixed points (see 1).

In general it is possible to install risers rigidly, that means without expansion


joints. This directs the expansion on the distance between the fixed points,
where it is ineffective.

When laying in duct, make sure that the distance between two fix points is
limited to a maximum of 3.0 meters.
Favourable fixing
aquatherm green pipe

The installation of risers of aquatherm pipes without stabilizing components 3


requires a branch pipe, which is elastic enough to take the linear expansion
of the riser.

This can be ensured by a favourable fixing of the riser in the duct (see 2).

An adequate large pipe liner also gives sufficient elasticity to the branch-off
pipe (see 3).

Furthermore the installation of a spring leg gives the appropriate elasticity


(see 4).

When laying aquatherm pipes through the wall and ceiling, the fire protec- Large diameter pipe liner
tion must be observed (see pages 24-26).
4

Installation of a spring leg

64
INSTALLATION PRINCIPLES

OPEN INSTALLATION  / CALCULATION OF THE LINEAR EXPANSION

Open installation (horizontal) Calculation of the linear expansion

In case of open installed pipes (e.g. in the basement), excellent op- Given and required values
tical characteristics and form stability are important. aquatherm
pipes for cold water and aquatherm faser composite pipes for hot Measuring
Symbol Meaning Value
water and heating plants make this possible. The coefficient (a) of unit
linear expansion of aquatherm composite pipes is only DL Linear expansion ? [mm]
Coefficient of linear expansion aquatherm
agreen pipe MS = 0.030 mm/mK a2 0.035 mm / mK
faser composite pipe
agreen pipe MF = 0.035 mm/mK
a3 Linear expansion coefficient 0.15 mm / mK
and therefore nearly identical with the linear expansion of metal pipes.
L Pipe length 25.0 [m]
The coefficient of linear expansion of aquatherm pipes without stabilizing
components is TB Working temperature 60 °C

agreen pipe = 0.150 mm/mK TM Installation temperature 20 °C

aquatherm faser composite pipes must have enough space to expand (see Temperature difference between working
below). An expansion control is required for long and straight  faser com- DT and installation temperature 40 K
posite pipes (over 40 m). (DT = TW – TM)

aquatherm pipes without the stabilizing compound should have the


expansion control after 10 m straight pipelines. The following formula,
calculation examples, data-tables and diagrams help to determine the linear The linear expansion DL is calculated according to the
expansion. The difference between working temperature and maximum or following formula:
minimum installation temperature is essential for the calculation of linear
expansion. DL = a x L x DT

Example:
aquatherm green pipe MF faser composite pipe (a = 0.035 mm/mK)

DL = 0.035 mm/mK x 25.0 m x 40 K

DL = 35.0 mm

Faser composite pipe Standard PP-pipe


Linear expansion comparison:

faser composite-
to standard PP pipe
Temperature difference

Expansion

65
INSTALLATION PRINCIPLES

LINEAR EXPANSION

aquatherm green pipe


(without fibre)

The linear expansion, described on the preceding pages, can be taken from the following tables and graphs.

Linear expansion DL in [mm]: green and blue pipe - a = 0.150 mm/mK

Difference in temperature DT = Toperating temperature- Tinstallation temperature


Pipe
10 K 20 K 30 K 40 K 50 K 60 K 70 K 80 K
length
Linear expansion DL (mm)
5m 8 15 23 30 38 45 53 60

10 m 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120

15 m 23 45 68 90 113 135 158 180

20 m 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240

25 m 38 75 113 150 188 225 263 300

30 m 45 90 135 180 225 270 315 360

35 m 53 105 158 210 263 315 368 420

40 m 60 120 180 240 300 360 420 480

45 m 68 135 203 270 338 405 473 540

50 m 75 150 225 300 375 450 525 600

600 mm 50 m

45 m

500 mm
40 m

35 m
400 mm

30 m
Pipe length L

300 mm 25 m

20 m

200 mm
15 m

10 m
100 mm

5m

0 mm
0K 10K 20K 30K 40K 50K 60K 70K 80K
Difference in temperature Δ T (K)

66
INSTALLATION PRINCIPLES

LINEAR EXPANSION

aquatherm green pipe MF (faser composite pipe)

Due to the integration and positive bond of the different materials, the aquatherm faser composite pipes offer much higher stability.
The linear expansion reduces its value to 1/5 of the mere PP pipes.

Linear expansion DL in [mm]: aquatherm faser composite pipes - a = 0.035 mm / mK

Difference in temperature DT = Toperating temperature- Tinstallation temperature


Pipe
10 K 20 K 30 K 40 K 50 K 60 K 70 K 80 K
length
Linear expansion DL (mm)

10 m 4 7 11 14 18 21 25 28
20 m 7 14 21 28 35 42 49 56
30 m 11 21 32 42 53 63 74 84
40 m 14 28 42 56 70 84 98 112
50 m 18 35 53 70 88 105 123 140
60 m 21 42 63 84 105 126 147 168
70 m 25 49 74 98 123 147 172 196
80 m 28 56 84 112 140 168 196 224
90 m 32 63 95 126 158 189 221 252
100 m 35 70 105 140 175 210 245 280

300 mm

100 m

250 mm 90 m

80 m

200 mm 70 m
Pipe length L

60 m

1 50 mm
50 m

40 m
100 mm
30 m

50 mm 20 m

10 m

0 mm
0K 10K 20K 30K 40K 50K 60K 70K 80K
Difference in temperature Δ T (K)

67
INSTALLATION PRINCIPLES

PIPE CLAMPS suitable as fixing point

aquatherm offers fixed-point fastenings for pipes from 160 mm–630 mm (Art. no. 60768–60790). Packing unit is each with 1 piece.

Advantages:

• Reliable and permanent protection against perforation corrosion and breakdown of the static load capacity
• 1000 hours salt spray test without ferric oxide (rust)
• Suitable for installation in corrosive inner and outside areas
• Considerably higher corrosion protection than with electrogalvanized and hot-dip galvanized products (after spread test according to DIN EN ISO 9227)

min. torque clamp min. torque height height fixig on measure weight
Art. no. diameter
locking adjustment adjustment building „a“ per set
[-] [mm] [Nm] [Nm] [mm] [-] [mm] [kg]
0060768 160 25 75 192,5–283,5 M 12 354,1 8,55
Befestigungsschellen / pipe clamps
geeignet zur Festpunktmontage / suitable as fixing point
0060770 200 25 75 192,5–283,5 M 12 394,5 9,45
min. Anzugsmoment min. Anzugsmoment Höhenver- Baukörper- Gewicht
Art.Nr. Abmessung Maß "a"
Schellenverschluss Höhenverstellschraube stellbarkeit anbindung pro Set
Part 0060774 250 50 75 192,5–283,5 M 12 444,8 19,37
min. torque min. torque height fixing on measure weight per
No. Diameter
clamp locking height adjustment adjustment building "a" set
[-] [mm] [Nm] [Nm] [mm] [-] [mm] [k g]
0060778
0060768 160 25 315 75 50
192,5 - 283,5 M12 354,1 8,55 75 192,5–283,5 M 12 510 22,75
0060770 200 25 75 192,5 - 283,5 M12 394,5 9,45
0060780
0060774 250 50 355 75 50
192,5 - 283,5 M12 444,8 19,37 75 192,5–283,5 M 12 550,1 24,84
0060778 315 50 75 192,5 - 283,5 M12 510 22,75
0060780 355 50 75 192,5 - 283,5 M12 550,1 24,84

2500

“a“

min. torque clamp min. torque height height fixig on measure weight
art.-no. diameter
locking adjustment adjustment building „a“ per set
[-] [mm] [Nm] [Nm] [mm] [-] [mm] [kg]
0060782 400 50 120 404,5–497,5 M16 823,2 43,64
0060784 450 50 120 404,5–497,5 M16 873,3 46,25
Befestigungsschellen
0060786 500 / pipe clamps 50 120 404,5–497,5 M16 923,4 48,87
geeignet zur Festpunktmontage / suitable as fixing point

0060788
Art.Nr. Abmessung 560
min. Anzugsmoment min. Anzugsmoment
Schellenverschluss Höhenverstellschraube 50
Höhenver-
stellbarkeit
Baukörper-
anbindung
Maß "a"
Gewicht
pro Set 120 404,5–497,5 M16 983,4 52,00
min. torque min. torque heigth fixing on measure weight per
Part No. Diameter
0060790
[-] [mm] [Nm] 630
clamp locking height adjustment
[Nm] 50
adjustment
[mm]
building
[-]
"a"
[mm]
set
[k g]
120 404,5–497,5 M16 1053,5 55,66
0060782 400 50 120 404,5 - 497,5 M16 823,2 43,64
0060784 450 50 120 404,5 - 497,5 M16 873,3 46,25
0060786 500 50 120 404,5 - 497,5 M16 923,4 48,87
0060788 560 50 120 404,5 - 497,5 M16 983,4 52,00
0060790 630 50 120 404,5 - 497,5 M16 1053,5 55,66

2500

“a“

Example

68
INSTALLATION PRINCIPLES

BENDING SIDE

Linear expansion due to temperature difference between operating temperature


and installation temperature can be compensated by different installation
techniques.

Bending side

In most cases direction changes can be used to compensate for linear expansion
in pipes.

The values of the bending side can be taken directly from the tables and graphs
on the following pages.

Symbol Meaning

LBS Length of the bending side [mm]

K Material specific constant 15,0

d Outside diameter [mm]

DL Linear expansion [mm]

L Pipe Length [m]

FP Fixed point

GP Sliding point

Calculational determination of the bending side length

LBS = K x √ d x DL

FP FP FP

LBS

FP GP GP GP
DL
support interval*

* support intervals on page 73

69
INSTALLATION PRINCIPLES

PRE-STRESS  /  BELLOW EXPANSION JOINT


Expansion loop

If the linear expansion cannot be compensated by a change in direction, it


will be necessary to install an expansion loop with long and straight pipelines. Pre-stress

In addition to the length of the bending side LBS the width of the pipe bend Amin. Where space is limited, it is possible to shorten the total width Amin. as well as
must be considered. the length of the bending side LBSV by pre-stressing.

Pre-stress installations, if planned and carried out carefully, offer an optically


perfect installation, as the linear expansion is hardly visible.

Symbol Meaning Symbol Meaning

Amin. Width of the expansion loop [mm] LBSV Length of pre-stress [mm]

SA Safety distance 150 mm

The pipe bend Amin. is calculated according to the following formula: The side length of expansion loops wih pre-stress is calculated according to
∆L the following example:
Amin = 2 × + SA
2
LBSV = K x √ d x DL
The width of the expansion loop Amin. should be at least 210 mm. 2

Determination size of expansion loop Below expansion joint

Example All bellow expansion joints for corrugated pipes designed for metal materials
Specification: Pipeline, length 80 m (MF pipe) are unsuitable for aquatherm PP-R pipes.
0,035 mm
Determined expansion: 112 mm = (∆L= × 80 m × 40 K) When using axial expansion joints observe the manufacturers instructions.
mK
The expansion loop should be installed exactly in the center of the pipe.

Calculation:
Given: ∆L = 112 mm
SA = 150 mm
Formula:
∆L
Amin. = 2 × + SA
2
112 mm
Amin. = 2 × + 150 mm
2
Amin. = 262 mm

The width of the expansion loop should be 262 mm in this example.

70
INSTALLATION PRINCIPLES

LENGTH OF BENDING SIDE

for aquatherm PP-R pipes – the length of the bending side with pre-stress LBSV can be taken from the tables and graphs in consideration of the applied pipe
dimensions and determined linear expansion.

Linear expansion (mm)


Pipe
Dimen- 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
sion
Length of bending side (m)
20 mm 0,21 0,30 0,37 0,42 0,47 0,52 0,56 0,60 0,64 0,67 0,70 0,73
25 mm 0,24 0,34 0,41 0,47 0,53 0,58 0,63 0,67 0,71 0,75 0,79 0,82
32 mm 0,27 0,38 0,46 0,54 0,60 0,66 0,71 0,76 0,80 0,85 0,89 0,93
40 mm 0,30 0,42 0,52 0,60 0,67 0,73 0,79 0,85 0,90 0,95 0,99 1,04
50 mm 0,34 0,47 0,58 0,67 0,75 0,82 0,89 0,95 1,01 1,06 1,11 1,16
63 mm 0,38 0,53 0,65 0,75 0,84 0,92 1,00 1,06 1,13 1,19 1,25 1,30
75 mm 0,41 0,58 0,71 0,82 0,92 1,01 1,09 1,16 1,23 1,30 1,36 1,42
90 mm 0,45 0,64 0,78 0,90 1,01 1,10 1,19 1,27 1,35 1,42 1,49 1,56
110 mm 0,50 0,70 0,86 0,99 1,11 1,22 1,32 1,41 1,49 1,57 1,65 1,72
125 mm 0,53 0,75 0,92 1,06 1,19 1,30 1,40 1,50 1,59 1,68 1,76 1,84
160 mm 0,60 0,85 1,04 1,20 1,34 1,47 1,59 1,70 1,80 1,90 1,99 2,08
200 mm 0,67 0,95 1,16 1,34 1,50 1,64 1,77 1,90 2,01 2,12 2,22 2,32
250 mm 0,75 1,06 1,30 1,50 1,68 1,84 1,98 2,12 2,25 2,37 2,49 2,60
315 mm 0,84 1,19 1,46 1,68 1,88 2,06 2,23 2,38 2,53 2,66 2,79 2,92
355 mm 0,89 1,26 1,55 1,79 2,00 2,19 2,36 2,53 2,68 2,83 2,96 3,10
400 mm 0,95 1,34 1,64 1,90 2,12 2,32 2,51 2,68 2,85 3,00 3,15 3,29
450 mm 1,01 1,42 1,74 2,01 2,25 2,46 2,66 2,85 3,02 3,18 3,34 3,49
500 mm 1,06 1,50 1,84 2,12 2,37 2,60 2,81 3,00 3,18 3,35 3,52 3,67
560 mm 1,12 1,59 1,94 2,24 2,51 2,75 2,97 3,17 3,37 3,55 3,72 3,89
630 mm 1,19 1,68 2,06 2,38 2,66 2,92 3,15 3,37 3,57 3,76 3,95 4,12

4,5

630
4
560

500
3,5 450

400
355
3
315

250
Length of bending side (m)

2,5
200

160
2
125
110
90
1,5
75
63
50
40
1 32
25
20

0,5

0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120

Linear expansion DL (mm)


71
INSTALLATION PRINCIPLES

LENGTH OF BENDING SIDE WITH PRE-STRESS

For aquatherm PP-R pipes – the length of the bending side with pre-stress LBSV can be taken from the tables and graphs in consideration of the applied pipe
dimensions and determined linear expansion.

Linear expansion (mm)


Pipe
Dimen- 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
sion
Length of bending side (m)
20 mm 0,15 0,21 0,26 0,30 0,34 0,37 0,40 0,42 0,45 0,47 0,50 0,52
25 mm 0,17 0,24 0,29 0,34 0,38 0,41 0,44 0,47 0,50 0,53 0,56 0,58
32 mm 0,19 0,27 0,33 0,38 0,42 0,46 0,50 0,54 0,57 0,60 0,63 0,66
40 mm 0,21 0,30 0,37 0,42 0,47 0,52 0,56 0,60 0,64 0,67 0,70 0,73
50 mm 0,24 0,34 0,41 0,47 0,53 0,58 0,63 0,67 0,71 0,75 0,79 0,82
63 mm 0,27 038 0,46 0,53 0,60 0,65 0,70 0,75 0,80 0,84 0,88 0,92
75 mm 0,29 0,41 0,50 0,58 0,65 0,71 0,77 0,82 0,87 0,92 0,96 1,01
90 mm 0,32 0,45 0,55 0,64 0,71 0,78 0,84 0,90 0,95 1,01 1,06 1,10
110 mm 0,35 0,50 0,61 0,70 0,79 0,86 0,93 0,99 1,06 1,11 1,17 1,22
125 mm 0,38 0,53 0,65 0,75 0,84 0,92 0,99 1,06 1,13 1,19 1,24 1,30
160 mm 0,42 0,60 0,73 0,85 0,95 1,04 1,12 1,20 1,27 1,34 1,41 1,47
200 mm 0,47 0,67 0,82 0,95 1,06 1,16 1,25 1,34 1,42 1,50 1,57 1,64
250 mm 0,53 0,75 0,92 1,06 1,19 1,30 1,40 1,50 1,59 1,68 1,76 1,84
315 mm 0,60 0,84 1,03 1,19 1,33 1,46 1,58 1,68 1,79 1,88 1,97 2,06
355 mm 0,63 0,89 1,09 1,26 1,41 1,55 1,67 1,79 1,90 2,00 2,10 2,19
400 mm 0,67 0,95 1,16 1,34 1,50 1,64 1,77 1,90 2,01 2,12 2,22 2,32
450 mm 0,71 1,01 1,23 1,42 1,59 1,74 1,88 2,01 2,13 2,25 2,36 2,46
500 mm 0,75 1,06 1,30 1,50 1,68 1,84 1,98 2,12 2,25 2,37 2,49 2,60
560 mm 0,79 1,12 1,37 1,59 1,77 1,94 2,10 2,24 2,38 2,51 2,63 2,75
630 mm 0,84 1,19 1,46 1,68 1,88 2,06 2,23 2,38 2,53 2,66 2,79 2,92
3,5

3
630
560
500
2,5 450
400
355
315
2
Length of bending side (m)

250

200

1,5 160

125
110
90
75
1
63
50
40
32
25
0,5 20

0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120

Linear expansion DL (mm)


72
INSTALLATION PRINCIPLES

SUPPORT INTERVALS

aquatherm green pipe SDR 6 S


Table to determine support intervals in conjunction with temperature and outside diameter.

Difference Pipe diameter d (mm)


in tem-
16 20 25 32 40 50 63 75 90 110
perature
DT [K] Support intervals in cm

0 70 85 105 125 140 165 190 205 220 250


20 50 60 75 90 100 120 140 150 160 180
30 50 60 75 90 100 120 140 150 160 180
40 50 60 70 80 90 110 130 140 150 170
50 50 60 70 80 90 110 130 140 150 170
60 50 55 65 75 85 100 115 125 140 160
70 50 50 60 75 80 95 105 115 125 140

aquatherm green pipe SDR 11 S


Table to determine support intervals in conjunction with temperature and outside diameter.

Pipe diameter d (mm)

20 25 32 40 50 63 75 90 110 125 160 200 250 315 355

Support intervals in cm

60 75 90 100 120 140 150 160 180 200 260 265 275 280 285

73
INSTALLATION PRINCIPLES

SUPPORT INTERVALS

aquatherm green pipe SDR 7.4 MF (faser composite pipes)


Table to determine support intervals in conjunction with temperature and outside diameter.

Difference Pipe diameter d (mm)


in tem-
20 25 32
perature
DT [K] Support intervals in cm

0 120 140 160


20 90 105 120
30 90 105 120
40 85 95 110
50 85 95 110
60 80 90 105
70 70 80 95

Pipe clamp distances of vertically installed pipes can be increased by 20 % of the tabular values, e.g. to multiply the tabular value by 1.2.

aquatherm green pipe SDR 9 MF RP (faser composite pipe)


Table to determine support intervals in conjunction with temperature and outside diameter.

Difference Pipe diameter d (mm)


in tem-
32 40 50 63 75 90 110 125 160 200 250 315 355
perature
DT [K] Support intervals in cm

0 155 175 200 225 240 255 285 300 310 315 325 335 340
20 115 130 150 170 180 190 210 225 225 240 245 250 255
30 115 130 150 170 180 190 200 210 215 225 230 240 245
40 105 120 140 160 170 180 190 200 205 215 225 225 230
50 105 120 140 160 170 180 180 185 195 205 215 220 220
60 100 115 130 150 160 170 170 175 185 195 200 205 210
70 90 105 125 140 155 155 160 165 175 185 190 200 205
Pipe clamp distances of vertically installed pipes can be increased by 20 % of the tabular values, e.g. to multiply the tabular value by 1.2.

74
INSTALLATION PRINCIPLES

THERMAL INSULATION OF HOT WATER PIPES

minimum insulation thickness in [mm] against condensation

Medium temperature 5°C – thermal conductivity value of insulation 0.040 W/(mK)


ambient temperature
Dimension humidity
20°C 22°C 24°C 26°C 28°C 30°C 32°C 34°C 36°C 38°C 40°C
50 % 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5
60 % 2 3 3 4 5 5 6 7 7 8 8
75 mm
70 % 5 6 7 8 8 9 10 11 12 13 13
80 % 9 11 12 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22
50 % 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 4
60 % 1 2 3 3 4 5 5 6 7 7 8
110 mm
70 % 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 10 11 12 13
80 % 9 11 12 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22
50 % 1 1 2 2 3 3
60 % 1 1 2 3 4 4 5 5 6 7
160 mm
70 % 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 9 11 11 12
80 % 8 10 11 13 14 16 17 19 20 21 22

The decree for energy saving thermal protection and energy saving For the conversion and the thermal conductivity of the insulation the ways
technique for buildings Decree for Energy Saving (EnEV energy saving and values of calculation described in the technical regulations must be
regulation) regulates the thermal insulation of hot water supplies and applied.
fittings in Germany.
The minimum insulation according to the table for heating distributions and
Central heating pipes, line 1–4 installed in heated rooms or building parts heating pipes can be reduced as far as the same limit of heat output even
between heated rooms of the one user, where heat output can be controlled for further insulation requirements in consideration of the insulating effect
by open stop valves do not require a minimum thickness of the insulation. of the pipe walls are guaranteed.

This even applies to hot water pipes up to an inner diameter of 22 mm in flats, Cooling pipes must be provided with suitable insulation to prevent con-
which are neither in the circulation nor have an additional electric heating. densation. For further information please contact our service hotline
+49 2722 950 200
Applying material with thermal conductivities different to 0.035 W / (mK) the
minimum thickness of the insulation has to be converted correspondingly.

EnEV 2009, § 14, addendum 5, chart 1

minimum thickness of insulation


Line Type of pipe / fitting
referred to thermal conductivity of 0.035 W / (mK)

1 inner diameter up to 22 mm 20 mm

2 inner diameter more than 22 mm up to 35 mm 30 mm

3 inner diameter more than 35 mm up to 100 mm same as inner diameter

4 inner diameter more than 100 mm 100 mm

pipes and fittings after line 1–4


in wall- and ceiling openings, in
5 /2 of the requirements of line 1 to 4
1
crossing area of pipes, at pipe
connections, at distributors

pipes of central heating after line


1–4, which have been installed
6 /2 of the requirements of line 1 to 4
1
after introduction of this decree
between heated rooms of various users

7 pipes after line 6 in floor construction 6 mm


Cooling distribution and cold water pipes and fittings
8 6 mm
of air handling and air conditioning systems

75
INSTALLATION PRINCIPLES

INSULATION THICKNESS ACCORDING TO ENERGY SAVING REGULATION

According to energy saving regulation (EnEV) aquatherm pipes and fittings Due to the high insulation values of fusiolen® the insulation thickness –
have to be insulated against loss of heat. The insulation thickness depends compared to metallic pipe systems – can be reduced.
on the respective installation.
Undermentioned are the recommendation based on EnEV 2009. Regional
The heat conductivity figure of fusiolen® PP-R is 0.15 W / (mK). aquatherm standards might vary and are to be considered.
pipes and fittings offer a significantly higher degree of insulation compared
to metal pipes.

Thermal insulation from heat distribution and hot water pipes, cooling distribution and cold water pipes according EnEV 2009
Minimum thickness of insulation referred to thermal conductivity of 0.035 W / (mK)

pipe diameter 50 % 100 %

16 mm 10 mm 20 mm

20 mm 10 mm 20 mm

25 mm 10 mm 20 mm

32 mm 15 mm 30 mm

40 mm 15 mm 30 mm

50 mm 18 mm 35 mm

63 mm 23 mm 45 mm

75 mm 28 mm 55 mm

90 mm 33 mm 65 mm

110 mm 40 mm 80 mm

125 mm 45 mm 90 mm

160 mm 50 mm 100 mm

200 mm 50 mm 100 mm

250 mm 50 mm 100 mm

315 mm 50 mm 100 mm

355 mm 50 mm 100 mm

400 mm 50 mm 100 mm

450 mm 50 mm 100 mm

500 mm 50 mm 100 mm

560 mm 50 mm 100 mm

630 mm 50 mm 100 mm

* The insulation thickness has to be calculated due to the thermal conductivity of polyproplene pipes acc. to test report no.: G.2 - 136 / 97 of FIW-Munich

76
INSTALLATION PRINCIPLES

PRESSURE TEST/TEST CONTROL/


MEASURING OF THE TEST PRESSURES/TEST RECORD

Pressure test/Test control

All aquatherm pipe systems shall be subjected to a hydraulical pressure test


with a test pressure of 10 bar.

The material properties of the aquatherm pipe systems result in an expansion


of the pipes during the pressure test. This affects the test result. Due to the
thermal expansion coefficients of the aquatherm pipe systems the results
are influenced additionally. The temperature differences between the pipe
and the test medium lead to changes in pressure. Hereby a temperature
change of 10 K corresponds to a pressure difference of 0.5 up to 1 bar.

Therefore pressure testing of the aquatherm pipe systems should be made


with a constant temperature of the test medium. The hydraulic pressure
test requires a preliminary, principal and final test.

In the preliminary test a pressure of 18 bar* is applied 3 x 5 minutes for the


expansion/release of the pipes. Between the cycles the pipe system must
be depressurized.

Immediately after the preliminary test the principal test should be


performed. The test duration is 15 min. Here, the test pressure (10 bar) may
not fall more than 0.5 bar.

After completion of the preliminary and principle test finally the final test
must be performed.

The test duration is 60 minutes. Here, the test pressure – read after the
principle test – may not fall more than 0.5 bar.

Measuring of the test pressures

When measuring the system use a pressure measuring device that is able
to read a pressure change of 0.1 bar. Place the measuring device at the
lowest point (highest static pressure) of the installation.

Test record

A record of the hydraulic pressure test has to be prepared and signed by the
client and contractor stating place and date (see page 79).

* Exception: aquatherm blue pipe SDR 17.6: 10 bar

77
INSTALLATION PRINCIPLES

LEAKAGE TEST/PRESSURE DIAGRAM

PRELIMINARY TEST

Working pressure

18 bar*

0 bar
5 min 5 min 5 min

PRINCIPAL- AND FINAL TEST

Working pressure

10 bar
Dpmax = 0.5 bar

Dpmax = 0.5 bar

Principal test Final test

15 min 75 min

* Exception: aquatherm blue pipe SDR 17.6: 10 bar

78
INSTALLATION PRINCIPLES

TEST RECORD AQUATHERM SYSTEM INSTALLATION

Place:

Object:

Note before the test:


3 x 5 minutes system pressure of 18 bar or 10 bar for expansion/release of the pipes are required.

Preliminary test for SDR 6, SDR 7.4, SDR 9 and SDR 11


The pipe system must be unpressurized between each cycle.

18 bar 5 min realized: yes no

18 bar 5 min realized: yes no

18 bar 5 min realized: yes no

Preliminary test for SDR 17.6


The pipe system must be unpressurized between each cycle.

10 bar 5 min realized: yes no

10 bar 5 min realized: yes no

10 bar 5 min realized: yes no

Principal test

Test pressure: 10 bar

Pressure decline after 15 min: bar max. 0.5 bar

Final test
(directly after the principal test, without changing the pressure)

Result principal test: bar


Pressure decline after 60 min: bar max. 0.5 bar

Notes:


Place, Date Stamp/Signature

79
INSTALLATION PRINCIPLES

DESCRIPTION OF INSTALLATION

Place:

Object:

Pipe length:

Ø 20 mm m Ø 160 mm m
Ø 25 mm m Ø 200 mm m
Ø 32 mm m Ø 250 mm m
Ø 40 mm m Ø 315 mm m

Ø 50 mm m Ø 355 mm m

Ø 63 mm m Ø 400 mm m

Ø 75 mm m Ø 450 mm m
Ø 500 mm
Ø 90 mm m m
Ø 560 mm
Ø 110 mm m m

Ø 125 mm m Ø 630 mm m

Start of test:


End of test:


Test period:


Test medium:  water  water/glycol


Client:

Contractor:


Place, Date Stamp/Signature

80
INSTALLATION PRINCIPLES

FLUSHING OF PIPES  /  EARTH WIRE  /


TRANSPORT AND STORAGE

Flushing of pipes Transport and storage

The technical rule for potable water installations (TRWI) aquatherm polypropylene pipes may be stored outside at any temperature. A
solid base for the pipe is very important to avoid a deformation of the pipes
DIN 1988, Part 2 while in transport and storage.

includes a paragraph about the flushing of pipes, which has to be carried out At temperatures below 0 °C it is possible to damage the pipes through strong
with an air-water-mixture under pressure. impacts. The material has to be treated with caution at low temperatures.

SDR 6 • In16
Basically all potable water plants, independent of their material, have to be spite ofx 2,7
its high SDR mm
resistance 6 pipes
aquatherm • 16
shouldx 2,7SDR
be treated withmm
care. 6 •

30 mm
flushed thoroughly after their installation. The following requirements have
Art.-No. 0610006 packing
Art.-No. unit:
0610006
100 mpacking
Art.-No.
UV-radiation • Made
has effects onunit:
0610006
inhighGermany
all
to be complied with before the installation can be put into service:
permanently outdoor.
100
polymer m
packing
Art.-No.
• Made
plastics. unit:
06100
Do not storein Ge10 2623

• Protection of the potable water quality

30 mm
• Avoidance of corrosion damage The maximum permissible storage time outdoors is 6 months.
• Avoidance of malfunctions of armatures and apparatus.
• Cleanliness of the inner surface of the pipe

30 mm
These requirements are met by

• Flushing with water


• Flushing with air-water-mixture

10 On15choosing the type


90113
mmmm of flushing required,
10 the experiences
15 of 113
90 the
mminstaller,
mm the
330 mm10 15 90113
mmmm 330 mm10 15 16 mm 16
113 330 mm
requirements of the client and the instructions of the system manufacturer
have to be observed.

For potable water installations according to DIN 1988, the aquatherm green
pipe system complies with, “1 – flushing with water” is sufficient.

The aquatherm green  pipe system complies with DIN 1988 for potable water
installations. Thus, flushing with water is sufficient, according to procedure
1 stipulated therein.

For this reason it is sufficient to flush the installation with water only.

Earth wire

DIN VDE 0100, Part 701 contains safety measures for rooms containing baths
or showers. Among other aspects, this standard regulates the potential
balance for such rooms.

The standard stipulates that all conductive components such as metal baths
and shower trays, metal outlet valves, metal stench traps and metal pipe
systems (e. g. potable water and heating pipe systems) must be connected
to each other.

The connection to an earth conductor must be provided, at a central point,


e.g. in the building`s mini-distributors installation (power circuit distributors).

Information on renovating potable water pipe systems using aquatherm


green pipes:

Where metal pipes are replaced by aquatherm green pipes, the potential


balance can not be created by the water pipes.

It should be ensured that the potential balance is checked out by a qualified


electrician.

81
INSTALLATION PRINCIPLES

WATER POINT CONNECTIONS

aquatherm green pipe back plate elbow for twin water point connections aquatherm green pipe back plate elbow for dry construction installed in a
with galvanized mounting plate and sound insulation plate (Art. no. 79080) pipe chase
from the fixing program (gauge for bore holes 220-153-80 mm)

Mounting unit twin (gauge for bore holes 80-100-150 mm) incl. 2 aquatherm aquatherm green pipe transition elbow female / male for dry construction
green pipe transition elbows female/male with counternut, gasket and with 30 mm thread
spring washer

aquatherm green pipe dry construction wall fitting with transition elbow

The aquatherm green pipe transition elbow with female / male thread is suitable for flushing box connections.
This transition elbow is also available with a single mounting unit.

82
INSTALLATION PRINCIPLES

DISTRIBUTION BLOCK:
EXAMPLE OF APPLICATIONS

Example of applications

The stamped numbers 1 and 2 indicate the proper connection of the


aquatherm green pipe distribution block. They provide assistance with the
return flow
installation.
A
In case of the “heating” connection variant (top A), the return is connected
to the supply channel marked 1 and the flow to supply channel marked 2. return return
The connections can also be used reverse.

In potable water connection variant (top B), supply channel 1 is intended for
the cold water pipe and supply channel 2 for the hot water pipe connection.
In as-delivered condition, the lower outlets are closed. The connection with flow flow
supply channel 2 is made by drilling out (18 mm drill bit). Thus an additional Heating
pipe can be connected.

By turning the aquatherm green pipe distribution block a mirror-image hot water cold water

B
connection can be made. These variants are presented in the illustrations
C and D. cold water cold water

The flow and return connections of the aquatherm green pipe distribution
block heating are installed with Ø 20 mm pipes. For radiator connections Ø
16 mm pipes have to be welded into the outflow sockets of the distribution
block.

The aquatherm green pipe distribution block plumbing has to be connected hot water hot water
with Ø 25 mm pipes. For pipe connections to the taps, Ø 20 mm pipes have
to be welded into the outflow sockets of the distribution block. Plumbing hot water return

flow return
C
return return

flow flow
Heating

cold water hot water

D cold water cold water

hot water hot water


Plumbing hot water return

83
INSTALLATION PRINCIPLES

DISTRIBUTION BLOCK:
EXAMPLE OF APPLICATIONS – POTABLE WATER

cold water

hot water

hot water return

The connection pipes in the individual floors or risers are connected for hot and cold water with aquatherm PP-R pipes with an external diameter of 25 mm. The
same applies for also for the hot water return which can be led back from any aquatherm green pipe distribution block.

cold water

hot water

hot water return

Reducers for further pipe systems can be welded directly onto the distribution block.

cold water

hot water

hot water return

The supplied 25 mm end plug seals off a through-flow unit or, alternatively, the 16 mm end cap.
By cutting the end of the plug, it can be used as 25 mm to 16 mm reducer or as 16 mm socket.

By turning the aquatherm green pipe distribution block and drilling out
the factory-sealed outlets, it is possible to create compact connection
arrangements even in areas of restricted space.
cold water
hot water
This avoids the time-consuming operation of guiding under or over pipes circulation
and the associated sealing work.

84
INSTALLATION PRINCIPLES

INSULATION FOR DISTRIBUTION BLOCK  /


AQUATHERM DISTRIBUTION BLOCK

Insulation for distribution block

It is also possible to install the compact distribution block by using a specially


adapted insulation. In this case the green junction does not only avoid
the crossing of pipes, but also the extra work involved in the expensive
insulation of the double tee-branch.

The insulation for the aquatherm green pipe distribution block is made
from high-quality PPO/PS rigid expanded polyurethane. Thus, a fast,
unproblematic and safe insulation according to the current Decree for the
Installation of Heating Systems is provided.

Thermal conductivity: WLG 040


Length: 184 mm
Width: 119 mm
Height: 70 mm

The accessories (1 plug, 2 fastening plugs) are integrated in the supply unit
aquatherm green pipe distribution block.

aquatherm green pipe distribution block

If the radiator connection is not in the immediate vicinity of the pipe


connection of the distribution block, this supply can be arranged with a 16
mm pipe by welding-in of two reducers 20 / 16 mm (Art. no. 11109).
return
flow

distribution block

85
INSTALLATION PRINCIPLES

AQUATHERM DISTRIBUTION BLOCK:


EXAMPLE OF APPLICATIONS – HEATING

return

flow

The flow and return connections of heating pipes to the aquatherm distribution block are with aquatherm PP-R pipes of an external diameter of 20 mm. Used
in conjunction with the aquatherm connecting bend (Art. no. 85120) and the aquatherm radiator valves (Art. no. 79606 or 79608), the outgoing 16 mm pipe
connections are ideal for radiator connections.

return

flow

It is of no importance, where the heating flow or return is connected to the aquatherm distribution block. A simply turning of the distribution block adapts it to
the appropriate specification.

86
CHEMICAL RESISTANCE

CHEMICAL RESISTANCE
Due to their special material properties aquatherm green pipe resp. aquatherm blue pipe and fittings are generally chemical resistant.
However, aquatherm green pipe transition elements with thread inserts made of brass are not suitable for all media.

For industrial application of aquatherm green pipe and aquatherm blue pipe we recommend to use aquatherm green pipe flanges and/or coupling
screws.

Note: 
On request, you will receive threaded inserts for aquatherm green pipe connecting pieces also in stainless steel.
Prices on request.

INQUIRY FOR THE CHEMICAL RESISTANCE OF THE AQUATHERM GREEN PIPE AND
AQUATHERM BLUE PIPE SYSTEM:

aquatherm GmbH
Technical department
Biggen 5 . D-57439 Attendorn
Phone: +49 2722 950 0
[email protected] . www.aquatherm.de

Installer: Field of application:

Company
 Flow
 medium

Contact
 Operating
 temperature °C/°F

Street
 Working pressure bar/psi

PC/City
 Service life h/d

Phone
 Concentration%


Fax


E-mail


Building project: Ambient medium:

 Ambient
 temperature °C/°F

 Ambient pressure bar/psi

Address: Data sheets enclosed not enclosed

Street
 Fluid transported
 
PC/City

Ambient medium
 

Place, Date/Signature
87
WARRANTY

EXPLANATORY COMMENTS ON THE AQUATHERM GMBH WARRANTY

1. Foreword 2.1.3 What is meant by personal injury?


If a person suffers physical injury, this is known as personal
Thank you very much for making the decision to use a product from injury. For the purposes of this document, the coverage of
aquatherm GmbH, Germany (herein referred to as “aquatherm”). With personal injury means the direct medical costs incurred as a
more than 45 years of experience in the international plastic pipes market, result of the injury.
and our trendsetting innovations, we have the expertise needed to offer
you engineered piping solutions made in Germany. 3. What is not covered?

The trust placed in the quality of our products has motivated us to offer Costs related to the damages incurred such as a result of:
all pipes and molded, fabricated, machined, and/or assembled parts with
a 10-year warranty instead of the standard 2-year warranty required by • Non-compliance with the operating parameters defined and specified
German law. This extended time covered by warranty is backed by a by aquatherm as found in aquatherm’s technical documents. In cases
comprehensive insurance policy from a leading insurance company for our of doubt, contact your local aquatherm manufacturer’s rep. Exceptions
line of business. The warranty period will begin with the date of delivery must be provided for, in writing, by a member of aquatherm’s
by aquatherm GmbH, but only comes valid with the successful pressure engineering team.
test, which must be carried out and documented in accordance with the • Non-compliance with the installation guidelines as set out in the
aquatherm specification. aquatherm Catalogue, with emphasis to the required installation of
aquatherm propriety clipping or other compatible with aquatherm
2. Scope of warranty piping.
• Non-compliance with respective National Plumbing Standards and
The aquatherm warranty protects you from financial loss proven to be Regulations.
caused by material defects, manufacturing defects and/or aquatherm’s • Joints which were not made in accordance with the aquatherm
consulting/engineering services. The warranty coverage shall apply for the guidelines, including but not limited to: improper fusion technique,
following product groups: use of contaminated materials or tools, use of faulty or unsuitable
tools, use of damaged materials or tools, or any connection made by
• aquatherm green pipe (fusiotherm and aquatherm ISO) an installer without sound knowlegde of the aquatherm connection
• aquatherm blue pipe (climatherm and aquatherm ISO) techniques and their processes.
• aquatherm red pipe (firestop) • Improperly assembled connections to other pipeline systems and/or
• aquatherm black system (climasystem) components (threads, flanges, stubs, mechanical joints not intended
• aquatherm lilac pipe (aquatherm lilac) for use with aquatherm PP piping etc.).
• aquatherm orange system (aquatherm heating systems) • All sealing elements used in the product lines manufactured by
• aquatherm grey pipe (aquatherm SHT system) aquatherm.
• assemblies fabricated by aquatherm from these product groups • Tools and accessories sold by aquatherm GmbH are covered for the
warranty period by law under the statutory warranty provisions.
2.1 What is covered by the aquatherm warranty? • Systems with defective pipeline sections or fittings that were not
subjected to the aquatherm pressure test or alternative testing
The aquatherm warranty covers three aspects of damages: property approved by aquatherm prior to start-up.
damage, financial loss and personal injury. • Damage to our products caused by incorrect handling after the
material has left aquatherm’s possession.
2.1.1 What is property damage? • Damage caused or exacerbated by copper in the water resulting from
The damage to or destruction of a tangible item as a result of erosion/corrosion or other degradation of copper components in a
a defective product (e.g. classic water damages as a result of domestic hot water recirculating system.
a leak). As a result of this, the suitability of the tangible item • Time delay, caused by incorrect planning, delivery problems and/or
to fulfill its actual purpose is impaired. The term property incorrect orders.
damage is used if tangible items are damaged or destroyed. • Damage caused by entrained air, cavitation and pressure fluctuations.
Considerable costs can be incurred as a result of property
damage, such as renovation costs, repair costs or replacement Note: This list only includes the most prominent examples. Other
costs. circumstances, which compromise the integrity of the products, may also
jeopardize the coverage.
2.1.2 What is meant by financial loss?
Financial loss may either be out-of-pocket loss or loss of
business. Out-of-pocket financial loss is for example the costs
of removing products and installing replacements after damage.
Loss of business is the financial disadvantage suffered by an
injured party as a result of a damaging event (e.g. lost income
as a result of renovations following property damage).

88
WARRANTY

EXPLANATORY COMMENTS ON THE AQUATHERM GMBH WARRANTY

4. How is the amount of compensation under the aquatherm 9. Information about avoiding damage
warranty determined?
I) Manufacture under certified quality level
In the event of a material failure, samples of the damaged/faulty product are As a trusted manufacturer, aquatherm works to a certified
collected by the national aquatherm partner to forward them to aquatherm quality standard (ISO 9001); constant internal quality controls
GmbH for examination and analysis. Working in collaboration with the are part of the daily routine. In addition to this, all employees
injured party, aquatherm will identify the cause of the damage, and call in are integrated into a quality assurance program. As a result
external bodies (test institutes, laboratories, assessors, etc.) as needed. If of this, products failing to comply with our high standards are
the damage has been caused by a material and/or manufacturing defect quickly identified and removed from ourproduct range.
or by aquatherm’s consulting/engineering services, the underwriter shall
quantify the compensation claim for damages. All expenditures associated II) Preventing damage caused by incorrect handling
with the damages for this claim must be verified/recorded in detail and in Our products must be handled conscientiously and carefully
a verifiable format as a required measure. when they are delivered from our production plants. Experience
shows that most damage is caused in transit, storage and/
5. How much is the maximum coverage? or when working on site. At this point we would draw close
attention to the fact that correct handling contributes to
For the first 5 years of the warranty period, property damage, personal maintaining the product quality.
injury and financial loss is covered for the sum of €20 million per insurance
claim. Total coverage for all claims made in a year is a maximum of €40 III) Work is to be carried out by qualified installers
million. For years 6-10 of the warranty period, these coverage amounts are Installation defects are easy to avoid. Our training courses
€7.5 and €15 million respectively. teach the correct techniques in detail for working with our
products. In doing so, particular importance is attached to
6. Why is the coverage stated in Euro? work being carried out attentively and with care. The work of
installers trained by us or our aquatherm partners is much more
The insured manufacturer, aquatherm, as well as the insurer, are both based reliable and carried out much more efficiently.
in the EU, so that their agreements are issued in Euros (€). Since exchange
rates fluctuate, the exchange rate current on the date of compensation
shall apply. For a safe connection, we recommend using only aquatherm PP
products in a piping system. Mixing with other PP piping systems
7. What is the channel of communication for notifying claims under should be avoided.
warranty and making inquiries about them?

Warranty claims have to be made to aquatherm via the national aquatherm


GmbH partners. Information about the progress of the claim will only be
released by the aquatherm partner or aquatherm GmbH.

8. Legal note

If a discrepancy or conflict arises between this document and the underlying


insurance policy, the latter shall in all cases prevail.

If a discrepancy or conflict arises between this translated document and June 2020
the German document, the German document shall in all cases prevail. aquatherm GmbH, Biggen 5, 57439 Attendorn, Germany

89
90
PLANNING

PLANNING

91
PLANNING

DIN 1988 T3  /  MAXIMUM FLOW RATE  /


PRINCIPLES OF CALCULATION  /  CAD AND BIM DATA

DIN EN 806 PART 3 AND DIN 1988 PART 300 Principles of calculation

DIN EN 806 part 3 and DIN 1988 part 300 (Technical Rules for Potable Water To determine the pipe diameter in potable water networks of buildings
Installations) specifies the calculation principles for the determining of the numerous principles of calculation are necessary. The revised version of DIN
pipe diameter. 1988 provides a simplified and differentiated method of calculation.

The determining of the pipe diameter is based on the calculation of the The simplified method is suitable for clearly arranged pipes i. e. in residential
pressure loss in pipes. buildings. The differentiated method includes all pipes and local resistances
and offers the highest accuracy as well as the most accurate approximation
Beside the diameter the pressure loss depends on the length of the pipe, the of real operating conditions. The determining of the pipe diameter requires
pipe material and on the flow rate, dependent on the quantity and size of the the following data:
water points to which the pipe is connected.
• Minimum gauge pressure of supply or pressure in flow direction
The basis for determining the maximum flow rate should be calculated on behind pressure reducing or boosting valve
the desired flow rate of each water point. The simultaneous use resp. the • Head variations
peak pressure of flow of an installation part has to be determined by taking • Pressure loss due to apparatus i. e. watermeter, filter, softening
the calculation values from DIN 1988 T 3 as a basis. installations etc.
• Minimum flow pressure of the water point applied
Maximum flow rate • Pipe friction factor of the used pipe material
• Coefficients of loss for fittings and pipe connections
A further criterion for the selection of the pipe diameter is the maximum
permissible flow rate. Because of sonic reasons and for the limitation of
water hammer, the calculated flow rate may not exceed the values of the CAD and BIM data
table below.
We provide data sets for the following calculation programms:
DIN EN 806-part 3
Collective supply pipes, riser pipes, storey pipes max. 2,0 m/s; • MagiCAD
Individual supply pipes max. 4,0 m/s • liNear
NOTE: National regulations may require lower flow rates to avoid water
hammers and noise.
Further data set formats can also be downloaded from our homepage:
DIN1988 part 300 table 5 – Maximum calculated flow rate in case of
the related peak flow • RFA
• STP
• IPT
max. calculated flow rate • DWG
Section of the at run (m/s)
installation
l 15 min.  15 min. For any questions, please contact our aquatherm information service:
+ 49 2722 950 0
Connecting pipes
2 2
(Building connection)
Supply pipelines:
Sections with
resistance coeffcients 5 2
ζ  2,5
for individual resistances a

Sections with
resistance coefficients
2.5 2
ζ  2,5
for indidvidual resistances b

a
i. e. piston valves acc. to DIN 3500. ball cock. inclined valves acc. to
DIN 3502 (from DN 20)
b
i. e. screw-down stop globe valves acc. to DIN 3512

92
PLANNING

MINIMUM FLOW PRESSURE

Minimum flow pressures and minimum values for the calculation flow of common potable water tapping points

Calculation flow
Type of Minimum flow pressure
DN VR
tapping point pminFl MPa
l/s

without aerator a 15 0,05 0,3

20 0,05 0,5

Taps 25 0,05 1

with aerator 10 0,1 0,15

15 0,1 0,15

Shower tub 15 0,1 0,15

Bath tub 15 0,1 0,15


Mixing taps b, c
Kitchen sink 15 0,1 0,07
for
Washbasin 15 0,1 0,07

Bidet 15 0,1 0,07

Filling valve for flushing tank (acc. to DIN EN 14124) 15 0,05 0,13

Flushing valve (manuel) for urinal (acc. to DIN EN 12541) 15 0,1 0,3
Toilet and
urinal
Flushing valve (electronic) for urinal (acc. to DIN EN 15091) 15 0,1 0,3

Flushing valve for toilet 20 0,12 1

Important instructions:

The manufacturers must specify the minimum flow pressure and the calculation flows on the cold and hot water side (for mixer fittings). Basically,
the information of the manufacturers must be taken into account for the dimensioning of the pipe diameter, which can sometimes differ consider-
ably from the values given in this table. Proceed as follows:

If the manufacturer´s specifications for the minimum flow pressure and the calculation flow are below the values given in the table, there are two
options:

• If the potable water installation is dimensioned for the lower values for hygienic and economic reasons, this procedure must be agreed with
the building owner and the design requirements for the tapping points (minimum flow pressure, calculation flow) must be incluced in the
dimensioning.
• If the potable water installation is not designed for the lower values, the table values must be considered.

If the manufacurer´s specifications are above the values given in the table, the potable water installation must be dimensioned using the
manufacturer´s values.

a Without connected equipment (e.g. lawn sprinkler)


b The specified calculation flow must be considered for the cold and hot water connections
c Corner valves for e.g. washbasin fittings and S-connections for e.g. shower- and bathtub fittings are to be considered as individual resis-
tors or in the minimum flow pressure of the tap.

93
PLANNING

MIMINUM FLOW PRESSURES

Total flow
Contrary to the flow direction – starting at the most distant tapping point and normally ending at the domestic water meter – the calculation flows
have to be added and the total flows obtained in this way have to be assigned to the corresponding sections.

Permanent flows are to be shown separately in the calculation and the caluclation plan.

The respective section begins with the fitting on which the total flow or the diameter or the pipe material changes.

1.1 1.1 Peak flow

The simultaneity of water withdrawal depends on the type of use (e.g. in apartments, hotels, etc.). In general, it cannot be expected that all con-
nected tapping points will be fully open at the same time.

For the building types listed in table 3, the peak flow is within the scope

0,2 ≤ ∑VR ≤ 500 calculated using equation (9)

Vs = a (∑VR)b – cvs = a

It is
vs = the peak flow
vR = the calculation flow according to table 2
a, b, c = the constants according to table 3

Table 3 – Constants for peak flow according to equation (9)


CONSTANT
BUILDING TYPE
a b c
Residential buildings 1,48 0,19 0,94
Hospital ward 0,75 0,44 0,18
Hotel 0,7 0,48 0,13
School 0,91 0,31 0,38
Administration building 0,91 0,31 0,38
Assisted living facility, retirement home 1,48 0,19 0,94
Nursing home 1,4 0,14 0,92

The following exceptions apply:

• Usage units
Experience has shown that the flows in the direction of flow towards the end of the branch line and in the floor distribution of usage units
according to equation (9) are too high, because no more than two tapping points are open at the same time, e.g. in a bathroom. Therfore, the
peak flow in each section of an usage unit is set to maximum of the total flow of the two largest tapping points installed on the section (also
applies to cases in an usage units where equation (9) results in a smaller flow). If a second usage unit is connected to a section (e.g. in the
riser), the peak flows of the two usage units add up, provided that the resulting peak flow is smaller than calculated according to equation
(9). Otherwise the peak flow has to be determined according to equation (9).

• Continuous consumer
The flow with continuous consumption is add to the peak flow of the other tapping points. Water withdrawals with a duration of more than
15 minutes are regarded as continuous consumption, e.g. garden sprinkler valve.

• Systems in series
The basis for the calculation is the total flow. The simultaneity of water withdrawal must be determined with the operator. The peak flows of
the system in series and other sections in the building should be added if they can occur at the same time.
 Source: DIN 1988-300

94
PLANNING

MIMINUM FLOW PRESSURES

Determination of the peak flow rate VS from the total flow ∑VR for residential buildings
according to DIN 1988 part 3

VS = 1,7 · (∑VR)0,21 – 0,7 [l/s]

Special buildings, commercial and industrial plants


For special buildings (i.e. building types other than those listed in table 3) and potable water installations in commercial and industrial plants,
special considerations must be made regarding the simultaneousness of water withdrawal.

In industrial, agricultural, gardening, slaughterhouse, dairy, laundry companies, canteen kitchens, public baths, etc., the peak flow must be
determined from the total flow in consultation with the operator of the system. This also applies to subareas of potable water installations,
e.g. commercial companies in residential buildings. The peak flows of the subareas of the potable water installation are to be added if they
coincide in time.

95
506
20152015PLANNING
ste
Coefficient of loss z aquatherm green pipe- & aquatherm blue pipe-fittings
Art.N. 12306
Artikelliste 2015

z
Seite 23
D z-Value
Graphic
Fitting Drawing
illustration
l1 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 75 90 110 125 160 200 250 315 355 400 450 500 630
z1
d

12708
z

Socket 0,8 0,5 0,5 0,7 0,9 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2
lliste 2015
d
D

23
l Elbow 90° 2 1,3 1,2 2 1,9 0,5 0,5 0,7 0,7 0,7 0,7 0,7 0,7 0,7
Art.N. 13106
Artikelliste 2015
eite 24 Segment Elbow
0,8 0,8 0,8 0,8 0,8 0,8 0,8 0,8 0,8
90°
Art.N. 13106
Artikelliste 2015
eite 24 L
z1 z1
Elbow 90° m./f. 1,3 1,2 2 1,9
Art.N. 13106
Artikelliste 2015
z
l

eite 24 z1
L
z1
Elbow 45° 2 1,9 1,9 0,5 0,4 0,4 0,4 0,4 0,4 0,4 0,4 0,4 0,4
Art.N. 13106
Artikelliste 2015
z
l

eite 24 z1
L
z1
Elbow 45° 0,4 0,4 0,4 0,4 0,4 0,4 0,4 0,4 0,4
Art.N. 13106
Artikelliste 2015
z
d

eite 24 z1
L
z1
Elbow 45° m./f. 2 1,9 1,9 0,5
Art.N. 13106
d
Artikelliste 2015
z

D
l

eite 24 L
z1 z1
Tee 1,1 0,9 0,9 0,9 0,6 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2

rt.N. 13601
z
l

rtikelliste
L
2015
eite 27z1 z1
Tee 0 0,3 0,3 0,4 0,7 0,7 1,1 1,3 1,3 1,3 1,3 1,3 1,3 1,3 1,3 1,3 1,3 1,3 1,3 1,3
Art.N. 13106
Artikelliste 2015
z
l

eite 24 D1
d1

Tee 2 1,9 1,8 1,8 1,6 1,6 1,6 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2


l
z

L
z1 z1

Tee 3,8 3,5 3,2 3,2 3 3,2 3,2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4


z
l

Tee 2,2 2,3 2,3 2 1,6 1,9 1,9 2,7 2,7 2,7 2,7 2,7 2,7 2,7 2,7 2,7 2,7 2,7 2,7 2,7

Tee 2,4 2,6 1,4 2,3 1,8 1,2 1,1 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2

Reducing tee
(saddle The zeta value results from the addition of the zeta values T-piece and Red-piece
technology)

Spritzgussformteil Segmentgeschweißter Artikel


Reducing tee The zeta value results from the addition of the zeta values T-piece and Red-piece

( = flow direction)
96
8
e 2015

z
L
PLANNING

l
d

Gr. 41308Coefficient of loss z aquatherm green pipe- & aquatherm blue pipe-fittings
t1

2015
z

D
L
l

l1
z1

z1 z2
z-Value
l2 Graphic
t1 Fitting Drawing
c

illustration
D1
R
z

16 20 25 32 40 50 63 75 90 110 125 160 200 250 315 355 400 450 500 630
z

D
l

d
z1

l2

Reducer 2,4 1,9 1,9 1,9 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2

l1

Back plate 3,7 3,7


h

D
d

z
L

Back plate 3,5 3,5

Back plate 2 2
41108

Stop valve/
2 2 2 2
inclined valve

Ball valve 0,3 0,3 0,3 0,3 0,3 0,3 0,3 0,3 0,3 0,3 0,3

40808

Screw-down stop
7 7 7 7
globe valve

( = flow direction)

Source: DIN 1988 Part 3

z v2 d
Z=
2

Z = Pressure lost in [Pa] v = Flow rate [m/s]

z = Coefficient of loss of fitting d = Density of medium [kg/m3]

KV = volume flow [m3 /h] of water [5–30 °C] at a pressure difference of 1 bar

Note: For the determination of pressure loss in (mbar) the result has to be divided by the factor 100 (100Pa = 1 mbar).

97
PLANNING

Notice on planning & design of compressed air applications

When planning and designing pipe systems for compressed air applications,
the following working pressures are to be observed.

aquatherm green pipe


SDR 9

10 bar (145 psi)

This chart is valid for temperatures from 10 °C to 40 °C. For temperatures and
conditions other than those noted in the chart, please contact our technical
service department.

Warning: Failure of a compressed gas (air or inert gas) system can be extre-
mely violent and dangerous. In a compressed gaseous media piping system,
energy is applied to compress the gaseous media in addition to pressurizing
the system. If failure occurs, both energies can be suddenly released and can
be extremely violent compared to failure during leak testing or system operati-
on with an incompressible liquid testing media.

aquatherm recommends that thermoplastics piping intended for the transport


of compressed air or other compressed gases should be installed by burial,
encasement in shatter-resistant material or other appropriate means, to pre-
vent or minimize the possibility of mechanical damage. The piping must also
be protected from other sources of degradation such as ultraviolet light (UV)
exposure, chemical effects, temperature and oxidation.

Always make sure to eliminate risks for persons near compressed air systems,
also observing the applicable national and international regulations of installa-
tion, accident prevention and safety for the installation of pipe systems, as well
as the applicable laws, standards, guidelines and technical rules.

98
PLANNING

Coefficient of loss z aquatherm green pipe distribution block

Picture Comment Picture Comment z -Value

Potable water Reduced 25 mm Heating installation Reduced 20 mm passage


installation passage in case of Return in case of 1.00
Cold separation of flow separation of flow
water
25 mm passage in 20 mm passage in
Hot case of separation case of separation 0.25
water of flow Flow of flow

Potable water 20 mm passage in Heating installation 16 mm branch in case of


installation case of separation 0.80
separation of flow
of flow Return
Cold
water
20 mm branch in case of 16 mm branch in case of
1.60
Hot conjunction of flow conjunction of flow
water
Flow
Reduced 20 mm
16 mm branch in case of
passage in case of 2.20
separationof flow
separation of flow
Potable water installation
25 mm branch in case of
Cold Hot 1.20
separation of flow
water water
Hot Cold
water water 16 mm branch in case of
0.80
conjunction of flow
Hot water return

99
PRODUCT LIST

TABLE OF CONTENTS

aquatherm green pipe pipes


Fastening material
Fittings
Weld-in saddles
Weld-on saddles
Flange adapter & flanges
Coupling screws & back plate elbows
Screwed connections & counter parts
Electrofusion sockets
Transition pieces & counterparts
Distributors
Valves & accessories
Cutting tools & welding devices
Welding machines & welding jig
Butt welding machines & electrofusion device
Peeling tools
Saddle welding tools
Drills & saddle peeling tool
Hot tapping tool

100
aquatherm green pipe
aquatherm green pipe has revolutionized the plastic piping sector and has proven its technical suitability worldwide for decades. The innovative green pipe
from aquatherm is made of corrosion-resistant, chemically inert polypropylene. It is completely free of heavy metals and toxic chemicals and thus ideally suited
for potable water applications. aquatherm green pipe also can be used for swimming pools, agriculture, shipbuilding, or the transport of chemicals. It is joined
using reliable heat fusion, which eliminates the hazards of welding and creates virtually leak-free connections.

The system includes different types of pipes in SDR 6, SDR 7.4, SDR 9 and SDR 11. Some of these pipe series also include special reinforced fibre composite
pipes. More than 450 joining and connection elements as well as valves and ball valves complete the system. The products are available in dimensions from 16
mm to 450 mm diameter.

Pipe system made of polypropylene


for potable water supply

Dimension [mm]
16 20 25 32 40 50 63 75 90 110 125 160 200 250 315 355 400 450
aquatherm green pipe SDR 6 S l l l l l l l l l l
aquatherm green pipe SDR 7.4 S l l l l l l l
aquatherm green pipe SDR 7.4 MF l l l l l l l l l l l l l
aquatherm green pipe SDR 7.4 MF UV l l l l l l l l l l l l l
aquatherm green pipe SDR 9 MF RP l l l l l l l l l l l l l
aquatherm green pipe SDR 9 MF RP UV l l l l l l l l l l l l l
aquatherm green pipe SDR 9 MF RP TI l l l l l l l l l l l l l
aquatherm green pipe SDR 11 S l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l
aquatherm green pipe SDR 11 MF l l

CUSTOMIZED PREFABRICATION
We design and construct your manifolds in our factory according to your specifications and dispatch them pre-finished to any place of the world.

To start the process, only the corresponding planning data, 3D-data and/or drawings with dimensions are required. We return the offer including material
list and drawings. A qualified team of experienced technicians will assist you.

For detailed about our prefabrication service please contact our technical hotline: +49 2722 950 200.

101
aquatherm green pipe SDR 9 MF RP

Pipe structure: MF = multi-layer, fibre-reinforced


Special feature: RP = raised pressure resistance
Material: fusiolen® PP-RCT
Pipe series: SDR 9/S 4
di d
Standard: SKZ HR 3.28, ASTM F 2389, ISO 21003
SKZ A632/A644
Colour: green with 4 dark green stripes
s
Delivery form: ø 32 – 125 mm straight lengths 4 m
ø 160 – 355 mm straight lengths 5.8 m
Packing unit: PU in meter
Application:

Mechanically stabilized through a fibre mix integrated in the middle layer of the fusiolen® PP-RCT.

Wall Internal Water


Dimension Weight PU Price €
SDR Art. no. thickness ­diameter ­ content DN
d [mm] [kg/m] [m] m
s [mm] di [mm] [l/m]
Socket welding
370712 32 3,6 24,80 0,483 0,328 25 40
370714 40 4,5 31,00 0,754 0,511 32 40
370716 50 5,6 38,80 1,182 0,791 40 20
370718 63 7,1 48,80 1,869 1,261 50 20
370720 75 8,4 58,20 2,659 1,771 - 20
370722 90 10,1 69,80 3,825 2,553 65 12
9 370724 110 12,3 85,40 5,725 3,789 80 8
370726 125 14,0 97,00 7,386 4,886 100 4
Butt welding
370730 160 17,9 124,20 12,109 7,987 125 5.8
370734 200 22,4 155,20 18,908 12,488 150 5.8
370738 250 27,9 194,20 29,605 19,422 200 5.8
370742 315 35,2 244,60 46,966 30,876 250 5.8
370744 355 39,7 275,60 59,625 39,202 - 5.8

102
aquatherm green pipe SDR 7.4 MF

Pipe structure: MF = multi-layer, fibre-reinforced


Material: fusiolen® PP-R
Pipe series: SDR 7.4 / S 3.2
Standard: SKZ HR 3.28, ASTM F 2389, CSA B 137.11, ISO 21003 di d
SKZ A314/616
Colour: green with 4 dark green stripes
Delivery form: straight lengths 4 m s
Packing unit: PU in meter
Application:

Mechanically stabilized through a fibre mix integrated in the middle layer of the fusiolen® PP-R.

Internal Water
Dimension Wall thickness Weight PU Price €
SDR Art. no. ­diameter content DN
d [mm] s [mm] [kg/m] [m] m
di [mm] [l/m]
Socket welding
70708 20 2,8 14,40 0,163 0,157 15 100
70710 25 3,5 18,00 0,254 0,244 20 100
70712 32 4,4 23,00 0,423 0,391 25 40
70714 40 5,5 28,80 0,660 0,608 32 40
70716 50 6,9 36,20 1,029 0,948 40 20
70718 63 8,6 45,60 1,647 1,490 50 20
7.4 70720 75 10,3 54,40 2,323 2,120 - 20
70722 90 12,3 65,40 3,358 3,037 65 12
70724 110 15,1 79,80 4,999 4,546 80 8
70726 125 17,1 90,80 6,472 5,850 - 4
Butt welding
70730 160 21,9 116,20 10,599 9,559 125 5.8
70734 200 27.4 145,20 16,558 14,944 150 5.8
70738 250 34,2 181,60 25,901 23,312 175 5.8

103
aquatherm green pipe SDR 9 MF RP UV
Pipe structure: MF = multi-layer, fibre-reinforced
Special feature: RP = raised pressure resistance
UV = UV-resistant
Material: fusiolen® PP-RCT di d
Pipe series: SDR 9 /S 4
Standard: SKZ HR 3.28, ASTM F 2389, ISO 21003,
SKZ A632/A644 s
Colour: inner layer: green
outer layer: black
Delivery form: ø 32 – 125 mm straight lengths 4 m
ø 160 – 355 mm straight lengths 5.8 m
Packing unit: PU in meter
Application:

Resistant against UV-rays. Mechanically stabilized through a faser mix integrated in the middle layer of the fusiolen® PP-RCT.

Wall Internal Water


Dimension Weight PU Price €
SDR Art. no. thickness ­diameter ­ content DN
d [mm] [kg/m] [m] m
s [mm] di [mm] [l/m]
Socket welding
370762 32 3,6 24,80 0,483 0,422 25 40
370764 40 4,5 31,00 0,754 0,630 32 40
370766 50 5,6 38,80 1,182 0,944 40 20
370768 63 7,1 48,80 1,869 1,457 50 20
370770 75 8,4 58,20 2,659 1,998 - 20
370772 90 10,1 69,80 3,825 2,894 65 12
9 370774 110 12,3 85,40 5,725 4,397 80 8
370776 125 14,0 97,00 7,386 5,530 100 4
Butt welding
370780 160 17,9 124,20 12,109 8,287 125 5.8
370784 200 22,4 155,20 18,908 12,818 150 5.8
370788 250 27,9 194,20 29,605 19,741 200 5.8
370792 315 35,2 244,60 46,966 31,135 250 5.8
370794 355 39,7 275,60 59,625 39,415 - 5.8

104
aquatherm green pipe SDR 7.4 MF UV
Pipe structure: MF = multi-layer, fibre-reinforced
Special feature: UV = UV-resistant
Material: fusiolen® PP-R
Pipe series: SDR 7.4 / S 3.2
Standard: SKZ HR 3.28, ASTM F 2389, CSA B 137.11, ISO 21003
SKZ A314/616 di d
Colour: inner layer: green
outer layer: black
Delivery form: ø 20 – 125 mm straight lengths 4 m s
ø 160 – 250 mm straight lengths 5.8 m
Packing unit: PU in meter
Application:

Resistant against UV-rays. Mechanically stabilized through a faser mix integrated in the middle layer of the fusiolen® PP-R.

Internal Water
Dimension Wall thickness Weight PU Price €
SDR Art. no. ­diameter content DN
d [mm] s [mm] [kg/m] [m] m
di [mm] [l/m]
Socket welding
70758 20 2,8 14,40 0,163 0,210 15 100
70760 25 3,5 18,00 0,254 0,314 20 100
70762 32 4,4 23,00 0,423 0,485 25 40
70764 40 5,5 28,80 0,660 0,728 32 40
70766 50 6,9 36,20 1,029 1,101 40 20
70768 63 8,6 45,60 1,647 1,686 50 20
70770 75 10,3 54,40 2,323 2,347 - 20
7.4 70772 90 12,3 65,40 3,358 3,378 65 12
70774 110 15,1 79,80 4,999 5,054 80 8
70776 125 17,1 90,80 6,472 6,494 - 4
Butt welding
70780 160 21,9 116,20 10,599 9,859 100 5.8
70784 200 27.4 145,20 16,550 15,273 150 5.8
70788 250 34,2 181,60 25,888 23,630 175 5.8
315 – 355 Dimensions 315 and 355 mm see aquatherm green pipe SDR 9 MF RP UV on page 16

105
aquatherm green pipe SDR 6/7.4 S
Pipe structure: S = single-layer
Material: fusiolen® PP-R
di d
Pipe series: SDR 6 / S 2.5 & SDR 7.4 / S 3.2
Standard: DIN 8077. DIN 8078, DIN EN ISO 15874,
ASTM F 2389, CSA B 137.11
Colour: green s
Delivery form: 4 m straight lengths, *in coils
Packing unit: PU in meter
Application:

Internal Water
Dimension Wall thickness Weight PU Price €
SDR Art. no. ­diameter content DN
d [mm] s [mm] [kg/m] [m] m
di [mm] [l/m]
10006 16 2,7 10,60 0,088 0,111 10 100
10008 20 3,4 13,20 0,137 0,174 12 100
10010 25 4,2 16,60 0,216 0,268 15 100
10012 32 5,4 21,20 0,353 0,437 20 40
10014 40 6,7 26,60 0,555 0,675 25 40
10016 50 8,3 33,40 0,876 1,047 32 20
6 10018 63 10,5 42,00 1,385 1,662 40 20
10020 75 12,5 50,00 1,963 2,351 50 20
10022 90 15,0 60,00 2,826 3,379 60 12
10024 110 18,3 73,40 4,229 5,040 65 8
10106 * 16 2,7 10,60 0,088 0,111 10 100
10108 * 20 3,4 13,20 0,137 0,174 12 100
10110 * 25 4,2 16,60 0,216 0,268 15 100
10806 16 2,2 11,60 0,106 0,096 12 100
10808 20 2,8 14,40 0,163 0,149 15 100
10810 25 3,5 18,00 0,254 0,232 20 100
10812 32 4,4 23,20 0,423 0,372 25 40
7.4 10814 40 5,5 29,00 0,660 0,578 32 40
10816 50 6,9 36,20 1,029 0,901 40 20
10818 63 8,6 45,80 1,647 1,416 50 20
10906 * 16 2,2 11,60 0,106 0,096 12 100
10908 * 20 2,8 14,40 0,163 0,149 15 100

106
aquatherm green pipe SDR 11 S / MF
Pipe structure: 20 – 315 mm: S = single-layer
400 & 450 mm: MF = multi-layer, fibre-reinforced di d
Material: fusiolen® PP-R
Pipe series: SDR 11/ S5 s
Standard: DIN 8077 / 78, DIN EN ISO 15874,
ASTM F 2389, CSA B 137.11
Colour: green with 4 blue stripes
Delivery form: ø 20 – 125 mm 4 m straight lengths, *in coils
ø 160 – 450 mm straight lengths 5,8 m
Packing unit: PU in meter
Application:

Internal Water
Dimension Wall thickness Weight PU Price €
SDR Art. no. ­diameter content DN
d [mm] s [mm] [kg/m] [m] m
di [mm] [l/m]
Socket welding
10208 20 1,9 16,20 0,206 0,108 15 100
10210 25 2,3 20,40 0,327 0,165 20 100
10212 32 2,9 26,20 0,539 0,261 25 40
10214 40 3,7 32,60 0,834 0,414 32 40
10216 50 4,6 40,80 1,307 0,641 40 20
10218 63 5,8 51,40 2,074 1,012 50 20
10220 75 6,8 61,40 2,959 1,411 65 20
10222 90 8,2 73,60 4,252 2,043 80 12
10224 110 10,0 90,00 6,359 3,026 - 8
10226 125 11,4 102,20 8,199 3,924 100 4
11
10308 * 20 1,9 16,20 0,206 0,108 15 100
10310 * 25 2,3 20,40 0,327 0,165 20 100
10312 * 32 2,9 26,20 0,539 0,261 25 50
Butt welding
10230 160 14,6 130,80 13,430 6,415 125 5.8
10234 200 18,2 163,60 21,010 9,992 150 5.8
10238 250 22,7 204,60 32,861 15,548 200 5.8
10242 315 28,6 257,80 52,172 24,664 250 5.8
10244 355 32,2 290,60 31,300 31,300 300 5.8
10246 400 36,3 327,60 39,734 39,734 300 5.8
10248 450 40,9 368,20 50,292 50,292 400 5.8

107
ADHESIVE TAPE TO PROTECT AGAINST UV-RADIATION
for aquatherm MF UV pipes

Price €
Art. no. Dimension PU
pc
10871 50mm x 10m 1

AQUATHERM PP-PRIMER
for aquatherm PP pipes PP-Primer

Price €
Art. no. Dimension PU Box unit
pc
50230 1l
50231 10l

AQUATHERM SPECIAL TOP COAT


for aquatherm PP-pipes

Price €
Art. no. Colour PU Box unit
pc

50232 black 2,5l

50233 white 2,5l

60520
PIPE CLAMPS
suitable for sliding and fixed point installation
Thread connection: M8 & M10 for 16 – 125 mm | M10 for 160 mm | M16 for 200 – 355 mm

for pipe dimension Price €


Art. no. PU Box unit
[mm] pc
60516 16 50
60520 20 50
60525 25 50
60532 32 50
60540 40 50
60550 50 50
60563 63 25
60575 75 25
60590 90 25
60594 110 25
60595 125 25
60597 160 25
60650 200 1
60654 250 1
60658 315 1
60660 355 1

PIPE CLAMPS
suitable for fixed point installation

for pipe dimension Price €


Art. no. PU Box unit
[mm] pc
60768 160 1
60770 200 1
60774 250 1
60778 315 1
60780 355 1
60782 400 1
60784 450 1
60786 500 1
60790 630 1

108
PIPE FASTENING BOW
suitable for ø 16 – 32 mm pipes

Price €
Art. no. for pipe dimension PU Box unit
pc
60604 1-fold - length = 45mm 50
60606 1-fold - length = 75mm 50
60608 2-fold - length = 45mm 50
60610 2-fold - length = 75 mm 50

PLASTIC PIPE CLAMPS


suitable for ø 16 – 40 mm pipes
60616

Art.N. 11006
Art. no.
for pipe dimension
[mm]
PU Box unit
Price €
pc a

Artikelliste 2015
60616
60620
16
20
50
50

Seite 18
60625
60632
25
32
30
30
60640 40 30

L
SOCKET z

Material: fusiolen® PP-R


Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874
D
d

Colour: green

Dimension l z D Weight Price €


SDR Art. no. PU Box unit
d [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

11006 16 30,0 4,0 24,5 0,008 10 2000


11008 20 32,0 3,0 27,0 0,008 10 1900
11010 25 35,0 3,0 34,0 0,013 10 1000
11012 32 40,5 4,5 43,0 0,026 5 600
6
7.4 11014 40 47,5 6,5 52,0 0,044 5 400
9 11016 50 53,0 6,0 68,0 0,084 5 200
11 11018 63 60,5 5,5 84,0 0,139 1 100
17.6
11020 75 66,5 6,5 100,0 0,226 1 70
11022 90 72,5 6,5 120,0 0,343 1 50
11024 110 82,0 8,0 147,0 0,581 1 30
11026 125 92,0 12,0 167,0 0,845 1 25

109
D1
d1
REDUCING SOCKET FEMALE/FEMALE

Material: fusiolen® PP-R

z
L
Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874

l
Colour: green
d
D

Dimension Dimension L l z D D1 Weight Price €


SDR Art. no. PU Box unit
d [mm] d1 [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

double-sided socket welding


11222 40 32 44,0 20,5 5,5 52,0 43,0 0,035 1
11228 50 32 53,0 23,5 11,5 68,0 43,0 0,066 1
11230 50 40 50,5 23,5 6,3 68,0 52,0 0,069 1
11236 63 40 61,0 27,5 13,0 84,0 52,0 0,115 1
11238 63 50 56,0 27,5 5,0 84,0 68,0 0,120 1
6
7.4 11240 75 50 68,0 30,0 14,5 100,0 68,0 0,192 1
9 11242 75 63 62,5 30,0 5,0 100,0 84,0 0,185 1
11 11252 90 63 74,0 33,0 13,5 120,0 84,0 0,276 1
17.6
11253 90 75 69,0 33,0 6,0 120,0 100,0 0,297 1
11257 110 75 85,0 37,0 18,0 147,0 100,0 0,516 1
11259 110 90 77,3 37,0 7,3 147,0 120,0 0,520 1
11263 125 90 91,0 40,0 18,0 167,0 120,0 0,749 1
11265 125 110 87,0 40,0 10,0 167,0 147,0 0,726 1

110
REDUCING SOCKET, SOCKET WELDING

Material: fusiolen® PP-R

d2
d1
D

d
Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874
Colour: green

z l
L

aquatherm GmbH - Biggen 5 - 57439 Attendorn


Dimension Dimension Dimension l L z D Weight Price €
SDR Art. no. PU Box unit
d [mm] d1 [mm] d2 [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]
Weitergabe sowie Vervielfältigung dieses Dokuments,Verwertung und Mitteilung Allgemeintol. nach DIN ISO 2768-c Maßstab: Gewicht:
pc
Stück (Menge): Position :
seines Inhalts sind verboten, soweit nicht ausdrücklich gestattet. Zuwiederhand-
lungen verpflichten zu Schadenersatz. Alle Rechte für den Fall der Patent-, Ge-
brauchsmuster oder Geschmacksmuster vorbehalten. 1:1 339,8 g - -

double-sided socket welding


Material (Werkstoff): Revision: Blatt-Nr.:
h Datum: Name:

g Gezeichnet: 01.07.2013 Menzebach PP - -


f Kontrolliert: 01.07.2013 Tusche Benennung:

Freigabe: Red.-Stück
11109 20 16 13,50 14,5 39,0 11,5 24,5 0,009 10 2000
e
09.12.2019
d 110/75
c
b
a
11110 25 16 16,50 16,0 38,0 9,0 26,0 0,012
a
Index
Maß D2 hinzu,

Änderungen
09.12.2019

Datum
Hunold

Name
10 aquatherm
state of the pipe
2000
Artikelnummer : 0011109-0011165W

11112 25 20 16,50 16,0 38,5 8,0 29,5 0,012 10 1500


11114 32 20 21,50 18,0 37,5 5,0 29,5 0,015 5 1000
11116 32 25 21,00 18,0 38,0 4,0 34,0 0,016 5 1000
11118 40 20 26,50 20,5 45,0 10,0 29,5 0,025 5 750
11120 40 25 26,50 20,5 50,0 13,5 34,0 0,028 5 600
11122 40 32 26,50 20,5 50,0 11,5 43,0 0,032 5 500
11124 50 20 33,50 23,5 55,0 17,0 29,5 0,045 5 500
11126 50 25 33,50 23,5 55,0 15,5 34,0 0,044 5 400
11128 50 32 33,50 23,5 54,0 12,5 43,0 0,048 5 350
11130 50 40 33,50 23,5 53,0 9,0 52,0 0,053 5 300
11131 63 20 42,00 27,5 65,0 23,0 29,5 0,073 1 200
11132 63 25 42,00 27,5 65,0 21,5 34,0 0,071 1 200
6 11134 63 32 42,00 27,5 62,0 16,5 43,0 0,080 1 200
7.4
9 11136 63 40 42,00 27,5 64,5 16,5 52,0 0,089 1 200
11 11138 63 50 42,00 27,5 63,5 12,5 68,0 0,107 1 150
17.6
11139 75 40 50,00 30,0 69,5 19,0 52,0 0,131 1
11140 75 50 50,00 30,0 63,0 9,5 68,0 0,141 1
11142 75 63 50,00 30,0 71,0 13,5 84,0 0,170 1
11143 75 20 50,00 30,0 65,5 21,0 34,5 0,113 1
11144 75 25 50,00 30,0 65,5 19,5 34,5 0,111 1
11145 75 32 50,00 30,0 69,5 21,5 52,0 0,140 1
11151 90 50 60,00 33,0 75,0 18,5 68,0 0,193 1
11152 90 63 60,00 33,0 78,0 17,5 84,0 0,224 1
11153 90 75 60,00 33,0 81,5 18,5 100,0 0,273 1
11155 110 63 73,50 37,0 86,0 21,5 84,0 0,356 1
11157 110 75 73,50 37,0 89,0 22,0 100,0 0,383 1
11159 110 90 73,50 37,0 99,0 29,0 120,0 0,500 1
11161 125 75 84,00 40,0 101,0 31,0 100,0 0,518 1
11163 125 90 84,00 40,0 99,0 26,0 120,0 0,588 1
11165 125 110 84,00 40,0 112,0 35,0 147,0 0,832 1

111
L
D
REDUCING SOCKET, SOCKET & BUTT WELDING D d
D d

Material: fusiolen PP-RCT


®

L
Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874

z
Colour: green

z
D1
D1

D1 Dimension L z D Weight Price €


SDR Art. no. PU Box unit
[mm] d [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

onesided socket welding, other side butt welding


11174 160 110 90,0 53,0 147,0 0,730 1
7.4 11176 160 125 90,0 50,0 167,0 0,837 1
11182 200 125 135,0 95,0 167,0 1,644 1

311174 160 110 90,0 53,0 147,0 0,730 1


9 311176 160 125 90,0 50,0 167,0 0,868 1
311182 200 125 135,0 95,0 Art.N. 11185
167,0 1,599 1

11175 160 110 90,0 53,0 Artikelliste


147,0 0,655 2015
1
11 11177
11183
160
200
125
125
90,0
135,0
50,0
95,0
Seite 201,341
167,0
167,0
0,636 1
1

D1
REDUCING SOCKET, BUTT WELDING

Material: fusiolen® PP-RCT


L

Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874


Colour: green
D

D D1 L Weight Price €
SDR Art. no. PU Box unit
[mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

double-sided butt welding


11184 200 160 135,0 1,638 1
7.4 11188 250 160 172,5 2,881 1
11190 250 200 172,5 3,250 1

311184 200 160 135,0 1,588 1


311188 250 160 172,5 2,900 1
311190 250 200 172,5 3,206 1
9 311192 315 200 225,0 6,350 1
311194 315 250 225,0 7,050 1
311196 355 250 170,0 5,640 1
311198 355 315 160,0 4,940 1

11185 200 160 135,0 1,206 1


11189 250 160 172,5 2,313 1
11191 250 200 172,5 2,389 1
11193 315 200 225,0 4,389 1
11195 315 250 225,0 4,690 1
11197 355 250 170,0 4,510 1
11 11199 355 315 160,0 4,635 1
11201 400 250 152,0 5,160 1
11203 400 315 122,0 4,550 1
11204 400 355 110,0 4,620 1
11206 450 315 142,0 6,500 1
11207 450 355 132,0 6,500 1
11208 450 400 122,0 6,000 1

112
l
z
ELBOW 90°

Material: fusiolen® PP-R


Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874
l
Colour: green z
d
D
Art.N.
Dimension
12143z l D Weight Price €
Artikelliste 2015

z
SDR Art. no. PU Box unit
d [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

Seite 22 9,0 D
socket welding
12106
12108
16
20 11,0
d22,0
D25,5 Art.N. 12135
24,5
27,0
0,010
0,013
10
10
2000
1400

6
12110
12112
25
32
13,5
17,0
29,5
35,0 Artikelliste 2015
34,0
43,0
0,023
0,043
10
5
800
400
7.4
9
12114
12116
40
50
21,0
26,0
41,5
49,5 Seite 22
52,0
68,0
0,077
0,162
5
5
250
125
11 12118 63 32,5 60,0 84,0 0,293 1 70
17.6
12120 75 38,5 68,5 100,0 0,445 1 40
12122 90 46,0 79,0 120,0 0,729 1 25
12124 110 56,0 93,0 147,0 1,292 1
12126 125 76,5 116,5 167,0 2,004 1

ELBOW 90° BUTT WELDING

Material: fusiolen® PP-R & PP-RCT


Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874
z

Notice: There is a gradual conversion of the XXL-fittings made of pipe segments Fitting made of
to an injection molded design. The table shows which articles are pipe segments
already available in new design at the time of printing this catalogue. In
D
the aquatherm technews we will inform you of further changes, but first
the current stock of the elbows made of pipe segments has to be sold.

All fittings, which are converted to the injection molding production, are
still available on inquiry as special fittings made of pipe segments. No
article numbers are defined for special fittings of any type.

Please note! Electrofusion sockets can not be processed directly


with injection molded fittings. When using electrofusion sockets either
z

segment welded special fittings must be used or pipe pieces must be


welded to the injection molded fittings.
D Injection molded fitting
Colour: green

D z Weight pipe injection molded Price €


SDR Art. no. PU Box unit
[mm] [mm] [kg] segments (green) pc

butt welding
12130 160 145,0 2,561 • 1
7.4 12134 200 450,0 11,685 • 1
12138 250 625,0 26,000 • 1

312130 160 145,0 2,371 • 1


312134 200 209,0 4,320 • 1
9 312138 250 240,0 8,500 • 1
312142 315 773,0 42,300 • 1
312144 355 833,0 57,628 • 1

12131 160 145,0 2,145 • 1


12135 200 209,0 4,653 • 1
12139 250 240,0 7,180 • 1
11 12143 315 773,0 37,850 • 1
12145 355 833,0 49,000 • 1
121471) 400 900,0 62,800 • 1
121491) 450 975,0 89,500 • 1
1)
mechanically stabilized through a fibre mix integrated in the middle layer of the fusiolen PP-RCT
®

113
ELBOW 90° FEMALE/MALE
Art.N. 12506 l1

Artikelliste 2015
z1

Material: fusiolen® PP-R


Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874
Seite 23

d
Art.N. 12506

z
Colour: green

l
Artikelliste 2015 d
D

Seite 23
Dimension z l D l1 z1 Weight Price €
SDR Art. no. PU Box unit
d [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

socket welding
12306 16 9,0 22,0 24,5 21,8 12,3 0,010 10 2000
6 12308 20 11,0 25,5 27,0 25,5 13,5 0,032 10 1200
7.4
12310 25 13,5 29,5 34,0 29,5 17,0 0,023 10 800
9
11 12312 32 17,0 35,0 43,0 39,0 21,5 0,048 5 400
12314 40 21,0 41,5 52,0 45,5 26,0 0,080 5 300

l1
l1
ELBOW 45° FEMALE/MALE
z1 z1

d
d
Material: fusiolen® PP-R
Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874

z
z

Colour: green
l
l

d d
D D

Dimension z l D l1 z1 Price €
SDR Art. no. Weight [kg] PU Box unit
d [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] pc

socket welding
6 12708 20 5,0 19,5 29,5 19,5 9,0 0,013 10 1500
7.4 12710 25 6,0 22,0 34,0 22,0 8,5 0,017 10 1000
9 12712 32 7,5 25,5 43,0 29,0 11,5 0,036 5 500
11 12714 40 9,5 30,0 52,0 33,0 13,5 0,057 5 300
z
l

ELBOW 45° SOCKET WELDING d


D
Material: fusiolen® PP-R
z

Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874


l

Colour: green

d
D

Dimension z l D Weight Price €


SDR Art. no. PU Box unit
d [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

socket welding
12506 16 4,5 17,5 24,5 0,009 10 2000
12508 20 5,0 19,5 29,5 0,014 10 1500
12510 25 6,0 22,0 34,0 0,018 10 1000
12512 32 7,5 25,5 43,0 0,035 5 500
6
7.4 12514 40 9,5 30,0 52,0 0,053 5 300
9 12516 50 11,5 35,0 68,0 0,112 5 150
11 12518 63 14,0 41,5 84,0 0,227 1 75
17.6
12520 75 16,5 46,5 100,0 0,350 1 60
12522 90 19,5 52,5 120,0 0,568 1 30
12524 110 23,5 60,5 147,0 1,025 1 20
12526 125 27,0 67,0 167,0 1,329 1

114
z

ELBOW 45° BUTT WELDING

D
Material: fusiolen® PP-RCT
Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874 Fitting made of
pipe segments
Notice: Art.N. 13106
There is a gradual conversion of the XXL-fittings made of pipe segments to an injection molded design. The table shows

Artikelliste 2015
which articles are already available in new design at the time of printing this catalogue. In the aquatherm technews
we will inform you of further changes, but first the current stock of the elbows made of pipe segments has to be sold.
Seite 24
All fittings, which are converted to the injection molding production, are still available on inquiry as special fittings
made of pipe segments. No article numbers are defined for special fittings of any type.
Please note! Electrofusion sockets can not be processed directly with injection molded fittings. When using
electrofusion sockets either segment welded special fittings must be used or pipe pieces must be welded to the
injection molded fittings. Injection molded fitting
Colour: green

D z Weight pipe L injection Price €


SDR Art. no. PU Box unit
[mm] [mm] [kg] segments
z1 z1 molded pc

butt welding
12530 160 95,0 1,903 • 1

D
d
7.4 12534 200 274,0 8,175 • 1

z
12538 250 412,0 20,500 • 1

l
312530 160 95,0 4,230 • 1
312534 200 146,0 7,500 • 1
9 312538 250 182,0 17,000 • 1
312542 315 498,0 30,567 • 1
312544 355 520,0 40,771 • 1
12531 160 95,0 1,393 • 1
12535 200 146,0 3,408 • 1
12539 250 182,0 13,500 • 1
11 12543 315 498,0 27,300 • 1
12545 355 520,0 26,650 • Art.N. 13106 1
125471)
125491)
400
450
548,8
580,0
44,900
60,500

• Artikelliste 2015 1
1
1)
mechanically stabilized through a fibre mix integrated in the middle layer of the fusiolen® PP-RCT Seite 24

T-PIECE SOCKET WELDING


L
z1 z1
Material: fusiolen® PP-R
Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874
Colour: green
D
d

Form: injection moulded fittings


l

Dimension z z1 l L D Price €
SDR Art. no. Weight [kg] PU Box unit
d [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] pc

socket welding
13106 16 9,0 9,0 22,0 44,0 24,5 0,015 10 1500
13108 20 11,0 11,0 25,5 51,0 27,0 0,017 10 1000
13110 25 14,5 15,0 30,5 62,0 34,0 0,033 10 500
6 13112 32 15,5 17,0 33,5 70,0 43,0 0,054 5 300
7.4 13114 40 20,0 20,0 40,5 81,0 52,0 0,099 5 175
9 13116 50 26,0 26,0 49,5 99,0 68,0 0,177 5 100
11 13118 63 32,5 32,5 60,0 120,0 84,0 0,368 1 50
17.6 13120 75 38,5 38,5 68,5 137,0 100,0 0,541 1 30
13122 90 46,0 46,0 79,0 158,0 120,0 0,920 1 25
13124 110 56,0 56,0 93,0 186,0 147,0 1,598 1 14
13126 125 76,5 76,5 116,5 233,0 167,0 2,673 1

115
T-PIECE BUTT WELDING L

Material: fusiolen® PP-RCT

D
Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874
Notice: There is a gradual conversion of the XXL-fittings made of pipe L

z
segments to an injection molded design. The table shows
which articles are already available in new design at the time
of printing this catalogue. In the aquatherm technews we will

D
inform you of further changes, but first the current stock of the Fitting made of
t-pieces made of pipe segments has to be sold. pipe segments

z
All fittings, which are converted to the injection molding
production, are still available on inquiry as special fittings L
made of pipe segments. No article numbers are defined for
special fittings of any type.

Please note! Electrofusion sockets can not be processed

D
directly with injection molded fittings. When using
electrofusion sockets either segment welded special fittings

z
must be used or pipe pieces must be welded to the injection
molded fittings.
Injection molded fitting
Colour: green

injection
D L z Weight pipe Price €
SDR Art. no. molded PU Box unit
[mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] segments pc
(green)
butt welding
13130 160 290,0 145,0 3,600 • 1
7.4 13134 200 500,0 250,0 9,825 • 1
13138 250 750,0 375,0 24,000 • 1

313130 160 290,0 145,0 3,290 • 1


313134 200 410,0 205,0 7,000 • 1
9 313138 250 486,0 243,0 12,500 • 1
313142 315 920,0 460,0 42,609 • 1
313144 355 960,0 480,0 56,452 • 1

13131 160 290,0 145,0 3,005 • 1


13135 200 410,0 205,0 6,255 • 1
13139 250 486,0 243,0 10,710 • 1
11 13143 315 920,0 460,0 20,450 • 1
13145 355 960,0 480,0 45,072 • 1
13147 1) 400 1000,0 500,0 63,100 • 1
131491) 450 1050,0 525,0 83,300 • 1
1)
mechanically stabilized through a fibre mix integrated in the middle layer of the fusiolen® PP-RP

116
Y-PIECES z1
z

Special fittings on demand

D
ATTENTION – PLEASE NOTE!

These branches are for special applications in the

45°
unpressurized areas, e.g. in vacuum dewatering in the
shipbuilding. In no case they may be exposed to the pressures,
z2
given in the working pressure tables on page 20 – 21.

aquatherm GmbH - Biggen 5 - 57439 Attendorn


D
Material: fusiolen® PP-RCT
Weitergabe sowie Vervielfältigung dieses Dokuments,Verwertung und Mitteilung Allgemeintol. nach DIN ISO 2768-c Maßstab: Gewicht: Stück (Menge): Position :

Standard: DIN16962-2
seines Inhalts sind verboten, soweit nicht ausdrücklich gestattet. Zuwiederhand-
lungen verpflichten zu Schadenersatz. Alle Rechte für den Fall der Patent-, Ge-
brauchsmuster oder Geschmacksmuster vorbehalten. 1:5 0.00 - - -
Material (Werkstoff): Revision: Blatt-Nr.:
h Datum: Name:

g Gezeichnet: 27.01.2015 Mueller PP 0 -


f Kontrolliert: 27.01.2015 Tusche Benennung:

Colour: blue e Freigabe: Y-Abzweig 45°


27.01.2015
d
c
b
a
Index Änderungen Datum Name
Artikelnummer : 2013018-2513038W

Dimension z z1 z2 Weight Price €


SDR Art. no. PU Box unit
D [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

Socket welding

2013018 63 560,0 380,0 380,0 0,843 1


2013020 75 570,0 405,0 405,0 1,210 1

2013022 90 577,0 412,0 412,0 1,750 1

2013024 110 610,0 435,0 435,0 2,730 1


11 2013026 125 665,0 475,0 475,0 3,840 1
Butt welding

2013031 160 782,0 551,0 551,0 7,300 1

2013035 200 925,0 650,0 650,0 13,360 1

2013039 250 1105,0 780,0 780,0 24,780 1


Mechanically stabilized through a fibre mix integrated in the middle layer of the fusiolen PP-RCT
®

117
L
l
RED.-T-PIECE, SOCKET WELDING z2 z

Material: fusiolen® PP-R


Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874

d2

D
d
Colour: green

l1
z1
Form: injection moulded fittings

d1
D1

d d1 d2 L l l1 z z1 z2 D D1 Weight Price €
SDR Art. no. PU Box unit
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

socket welding
13506 20 16 16 51,0 25,5 25,3 11,0 12,3 12,5 29,5 29,5 0,025 10
13508 20 16 20 51,0 25,5 25,3 11,0 12,3 11,0 29,5 29,5 0,024 10
13510 20 20 16 51,0 25,5 25,3 11,0 10,8 12,5 29,5 29,5 0,023 10
13511 20 25 20 62,0 31,0 30,5 16,5 14,5 16,5 34,0 34,0 0,040 10
13512 25 16 16 62,0 31,0 30,5 15,0 17,5 18,0 34,0 34,0 0,043 10
13514 25 16 20 62,0 31,0 30,5 15,0 17,5 16,5 34,0 34,0 0,041 10
13516 25 16 25 62,0 31,0 30,5 15,0 17,5 15,0 34,0 34,0 0,038 10
13520 25 20 20 62,0 31,0 30,5 15,0 16,0 16,5 34,0 34,0 0,039 10 500
13522 25 20 25 62,0 31,0 30,5 15,0 16,0 15,0 34,0 34,0 0,036 10 500
13528 32 16 32 70,0 35,0 31,0 17,0 18,0 17,0 43,0 29,5 0,053 5 300
13532 32 20 20 73,5 36,8 37,0 18,8 22,5 22,3 43,0 43,0 0,076 5 300
13534 32 20 32 70,0 35,0 31,0 17,0 16,5 17,0 43,0 29,5 0,053 5 300
13538 32 25 25 70,0 35,0 34,5 17,0 18,5 19,0 43,0 43,0 0,069 5
13540 32 25 32 70,0 35,0 32,0 17,0 16,0 17,0 43,0 34,0 0,050 5 300
13542 40 20 40 83,0 41,5 36,0 21,0 21,5 21,0 52,0 34,0 0,091 5 200
13544 40 25 40 83,0 41,5 36,0 21,0 20,0 21,0 52,0 34,0 0,089 5 200
13546 40 32 40 84,0 42,0 40,5 21,5 22,5 21,5 52,0 52,0 0,092 5 200
13547 50 20 50 99,0 49,5 40,5 26,0 26,0 26,0 68,0 29,5 0,162 5 100
13548 50 25 50 99,0 49,5 44,5 26,0 28,5 26,0 68,0 34,0 0,158 5 100
13550 50 32 50 99,0 49,5 44,5 26,0 26,5 26,0 68,0 43,0 0,160 5 100
6
7.4 13551 50 40 50 99,0 49,5 49,5 26,0 29,0 26,0 68,0 68,0 0,161 5 100
9 13552 63 20 63 120,0 60,0 48,5 32,5 34,0 32,5 84,0 34,0 0,335 1 50
11 13554 63 25 63 120,0 60,0 48,5 32,5 32,5 32,5 84,0 34,0 0,331 1 50
17.6
13556 63 32 63 120,0 60,0 53,0 32,5 35,5 32,5 84,0 52,0 0,340 1 50
13558 63 40 63 120,0 60,0 53,0 32,5 33,0 32,5 84,0 52,0 0,332 1 50
13560 63 50 63 120,0 60,0 56,0 32,5 36,5 32,5 84,0 68,0 0,398 1
13561 75 20 75 137,0 68,5 54,5 38,5 40,0 38,5 100,0 34,0 0,501 1
13562 75 25 75 137,0 68,5 54,5 38,5 38,5 38,5 100,0 34,0 0,497 1
13564 75 32 75 137,0 68,5 59,0 38,5 41,0 38,5 100,0 52,0 0,505 1
13566 75 40 75 137,0 68,5 59,0 38,5 38,5 38,5 100,0 52,0 0,497 1
13568 75 50 75 137,0 68,5 66,0 38,5 42,5 38,5 100,0 84,0 0,550 1
13570 75 63 75 137,0 68,5 66,0 38,5 38,5 38,5 100,0 84,0 0,515 1
13576 90 32 90 158,0 79,0 64,0 46,0 46,0 46,0 120,0 43,0 0,880 1
13578 90 40 90 158,0 79,0 66,5 46,0 46,0 46,0 120,0 52,0 0,862 1
13580 90 50 90 158,0 79,0 69,5 46,0 46,0 46,0 120,0 68,0 0,905 1
13582 90 63 90 158,0 79,0 73,5 46,0 46,0 46,0 120,0 84,0 0,876 1
13584 90 75 90 158,0 79,0 76,0 46,0 46,0 46,0 120,0 100 0,991 1
13586 110 63 110 186,0 93,0 83,5 56,0 56,0 56,0 147,0 84,0 1,534 1
13588 110 75 110 186,0 93,0 86,0 56,0 56,0 56,0 147,0 100,0 1,517 1
13590 110 90 110 186,0 93,0 89,0 56,0 56,0 56,0 147,0 120,0 1,548 1
13592 125 75 125 233,0 116,5 106,5 76,5 76,5 76,5 167,0 100,0 2,427 1
13594 125 90 125 233,0 116,5 109,5 76,5 76,5 76,5 167,0 120,0 2,509 1
13596 125 110 125 233,0 116,5 113,5 76,5 76,5 76,5 167,0 147,0 2,563 1

118
D1
d1
RED.-T-PIECE, SOCKET- & BUTT WELDING

l
z
Material: fusiolen® PP-R / PP-RCT

D
Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874
Colour: green
L
Fitting made of
Note: There is a gradual conversion of the XXL-fittings made of pipe segments to an injection molded design. The table pipe segments
shows which articles are already available in new design at the time of printing this catalogue. In the aquatherm
technews we will inform you of further changes, but Spritzgussformteil
first the current stock of the red.-t-pieces made of pipe Segmentgeschweißter Artikel
segments has to be sold.

All fittings, which are converted to the injection molding production, are still available on inquiry as special
fittings made of pipe segments. No article numbers are defined for special fittings of any type.

Please note! Electrofusion sockets can not be processed directly with injection molded fittings. When using
electrofusion sockets either segment welded special fittings must be used or pipe pieces must be welded to the Injection molded fitting
injection molded fittings.
Spritzgussformteil
D d1 D1 L l z Weight pipe injection Box Price €
SDR Art. no. PU
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] segments molded* unit pc

branch: socket welding


13600 160 75 100,0 460,0 122,0 92,0 4,414 • 1
13602 160 90 120,0 460,0 125,0 92,0 4,515 • 1
13606 160 125 167,0 290,0 120,0 80,0 3,441 • 1
13608 200 75 100,0 500,0 142,0 112,0 7,110 • 1
13610 200 90 120,0 500,0 145,0 112,0 7,540 • 1
7.4 13612 200 110 147,0 500,0 149,0 112,0 7,325 • 1
13614 200 125 167,0 500,0 155,0 115,0 7,645 • 1
13624 250 75 100,0 750,0 167,0 137,0 16,600 • 1
13626 250 90 120,0 750,0 170,0 137,0 16,800 • 1
13628 250 110 147,0 750,0 174,0 137,0 16,800 • 1
13630 250 125 167,0 750,0 180,0 140,0 17,000 • 1

313600 160 75 100,0 460,0 122,0 92,0 3,903 • 1


313602 160 90 120,0 460,0 125,0 92,0 4,039 • 1
313608 200 75 100,0 500,0 142,0 112,0 6,476 • 1
313610 200 90 120,0 500,0 145,0 Spritzgussformteil
112,0 6,581 • 1 Segmentgeschweißte
313612 200 110 147,0 500,0 149,0 112,0 6,863 • 1
313614 200 125 167,0 500,0 155,0 115,0 7,114 • 1
9
313624 250 75 100,0 750,0 167,0 137,0 14,802 • 1
313626 250 90 120,0 750,0 170,0 137,0 14,932 • 1
313628 250 110 147,0 750,0 174,0 137,0 15,178 • 1
313630 250 125 167,0 750,0 180,0 140,0 15,398 • 1
313904 1)
315 125 167,0 920,0 212,5 172,5 29,196 • 1
3139161) 355 125 167,0 960,0 232,5 192,5 38,466 • 1

13601 160 75 100,0 460,0 122,0 92,0 3,140 • 1


13603 160 90 120,0 460,0 125,0 92,0 3,176 • 1
13607 160 125 167,0 290,0 120,0 80,0 2,842 • 1
13609 200 75 100,0 500,0 142,0 112,0 5,284 • 1
13611 200 90 120,0 500,0 145,0 112,0 5,168 • 1
13613 200 110 147,0 500,0 149,0 112,0 5,648 • 1
13615 200 125 167,0 500,0 155,0 115,0 5,786 • 1
11 13625 250 75 100,0 750,0 167,0 137,0 12,000 • 1
13627 250 90 120,0 750,0 170,0 137,0 12,000 • 1
13629 250 110 147,0 750,0 174,0 137,0 13,000 • 1
13631 250 125 167,0 750,0 180,0 140,0 12,000 • 1
136511) 315 125 167,0 920,0 213,0 173,0 25,150 • 1
136631) 355 125 167,0 960,0 233,0 193,0 30,851 • 1
13676 1) 355 125 167,0 1000,0 255,0 215,0 42,169 • 1
136901) 450 125 167,0 1050,0 280,0 240,0 55,794 • 1
1)
mechanically stabilized through a fibre mix integrated in the middle layer of the fusiolen PP-R
®

119
D1
RED.-T-PIECE, BUTT WELDING

Material: fusiolen® PP-RCT

z
Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874
Branch: butt welding

D
L

D D1 L z Weight Pipe with Pipe with Price €


SDR Art. no. PU Box unit
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] reducer weld-in saddle pc

branch: butt welding


13618 200 160 500,0 300,0 10,891 • 1
7.4 13634 250 160 750,0 375,0 28,000 • 1
13640 250 200 750,0 375,0 27,000 • 1

313618 200 160 500,0 300,0 9,332 • 1


313634 250 160 750,0 375,0 21,547 • 1
313640 250 200 750,0 376,0 21,853 • 1
313906 315 160 920,0 238,0 29,237 • 1
313908 315 200 920,0 460,0 42,166 • 1
9
313910 315 250 920,0 460,0 42,557 • 1
313918 355 160 960,0 258,0 38,479 • 1
313920 355 200 960,0 268,0 39,237 • 1
313922 355 250 960,0 480,0 52,683 • 1
313924 355 315 960,0 480,0 55,511 • 1

13619 200 160 500,0 300,0 7,445 • 1


13635 250 160 750,0 375,0 19,500 • 1
13641 250 200 750,0 375,0 18,500 • 1
13653 315 160 920,0 237,5 24,850 • 1
13655 315 200 920,0 460,0 29,400 • 1
13657 315 250 920,0 460,0 30,500 • 1
13665 355 160 960,0 257,5 30,893 • 1

13667 355 200 960,0 267,5 31,651 • 1


13669 355 250 960,0 480,0 39,220 • 1
13671 355 315 960,0 480,0 44,721 • 1

11 13678 355 160 1000,0 354,0 44,111 • 1

13680 355 200 1000,0 318,0 44,111 • 1

13682 400 250 1000,0 280,0 44,111 • 1


13684 400 315 1000,0 500,0 47,500 • 1
13685 400 355 1000,0 500,0 54,361 • 1
13692 450 160 1050,0 379,0 57,962 • 1

13694 450 200 1050,0 343,0 57,962 • 1

13696 450 250 1050,0 305,0 57,962 • 1

13698 450 315 1050,0 315,0 58,818 • 1


13699 450 355 1050,0 525,0 78,330 • 1
13700 450 400 1050,0 525,0 78,330 • 1

120
h

d
CROSS Art.N. 14110 Gruppe 14106
Material:
Standard:
fusiolen® PP-R
Artikelliste 2015
DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874
Seite 33

L
Colour: green

D
d

z
Art.N. 16112
SDR Art. no.
Dimension
d [mm]
D
Artikelliste
[mm]
L
[mm] 2015
z
[mm]
Weight
[kg]
PU Box unit
Price €
pc

Seite 32 socket welding


6 13708 20 29,5 51,5 11,3 0,025 10
7.4 13710 25 34,0 59,0 13,5 0,035 10
9
11 13712 32 43,0 70,0 Art.N. 14110 Gruppe 14106
17,0 0,062 5
13714 40 52,0 83,0
Artikelliste 2015
21,0 0,099 5

Seite 33
CROSS OVER FITTING
L
Material: fusiolen® PP-R
Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874
Colour: green
z

d
L

d
D
Dimension h L Weight Price €
SDR Art. no. PU Box unit
d [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

socket welding
6 16106 16 25,0 352,0 0,038 10
7.4 16108 20 32,0 352,0 0,060 10
9
11 16110 25 37,5 352,0 0,091 10
16112 32 48,0 352,0 0,154 5

END CAP
z

Material: fusiolen® PP-R


L

Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874


Colour: green
d
D

Dimension D z L Weight Price €


SDR Art. no. PU Box unit
d [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

socket welding
14106 16 26,0 13,5 26,5 0,008 10 2000
14108 20 29,5 9,5 24,0 0,009 10 2000
14110 25 34,0 8,0 24,0 0,011 10 1500
14112 32 43,0 11,0 29,0 0,023 5 1000
6 14114 40 52,0 17,5 38,0 0,042 5 500
7.4
14116 50 68,0 21,0 44,5 0,082 5 300
9
11 14118 63 84,0 24,5 52,0 0,146 1 150
14120 75 100,0 28,5 58,5 0,243 1 90
14122 90 120,0 34,5 67,5 0,365 1 60
14124 110 147,0 28,0 65,0 0,635 1 40
14126 125 167,0 42,0 82,0 0,872 1

121
z
L
d
END CAP BUTT-WELDING D

Material: fusiolen® PP-RCT


Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874

z
L
Colour: green
d
D

Dimension L z d Weight Price €


SDR Art. no. PU Box unit
D [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

14130 160 70,0 21,9 116,2 0,876 1


7.4 14134 200 80,0 27,4 145,2 1,398 1
14138 250 90,0 34,2 181,6 2,530 1

314130 160 70,0 17,9 124,2 0,847 1


314134 200 80,0 22,4 155,2 1,373 1
9 314138 250 90,0 27,9 194,2 2,856 1
314142 315 70,0 52,5 244,6 5,080 1
314144 355 80,0 66,5 275,6 7,050 1

14131 160 70,0 14,6 130,8 0,759 1


14135 200 80,0 18,2 163,6 1,070 1
14139 250 90,0 22,7 204,6 1,989 1
11 14143 315 70,0 52,5 257,8 4,200 1
14145 355 80,0 67,5 290,6 6,410 1
14147 400 70,0 60,0 327,4 7,190 1
14149 450 80,0 70,0 368,2 10,500 1

122
D
WELD-IN SADDLE d
for pressureless installation

z2
Material: fusiolen® PP-R

l
Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874
Colour: green
D1
Notice: *do not use with aquatherm blue pipe OT
d2

D1 d d2 l z2 D Weight Price €
SDR Art. no. PU Box unit
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

socket welding
15156* 40 20 25 27,0 14,5 29,5 0,016 5
15158* 40 25 25 28,5 16,0 34,0 0,017 5
15160 50 20 25 27,5 14,5 29,5 0,018 5
15162 50 25 25 28,5 16,0 34,0 0,019 5
15164 63 20 25 27,5 14,5 29,5 0,017 5
15166 63 25 25 28,5 16,0 34,0 0,019 5
15168 63 32 32 30,0 18,0 43,0 0,028 5
15170 75 20 25 27,5 14,5 29,5 0,018 5
15172 75 25 25 28,5 16,0 34,0 0,019 5
15174 75 32 32 30,0 18,0 43,0 0,028 5
15175 75 40 40 34,0 20,5 52,0 0,049 5
15176 90 20 25 27,5 14,5 29,5 0,018 5
15178 90 25 25 28,5 16,0 34,0 0,019 5
15180 90 32 32 30,0 18,0 43,0 0,029 5
15181 90 40 40 34,0 20,5 52,0 0,048 5
15182 110 20 25 27,5 14,5 29,5 0,019 5
15184 110 25 25 28,5 16,0 34,0 0,020 5
15186 110 32 32 30,0 18,0 43,0 0,030 5
15188 110 40 40 34,0 20,5 52,0 0,050 5
15189 110 50 50 34,0 23,5 68,0 0,091 5
15190 125 20 25 27,5 14,5 29,5 0,019 5
15192 125 25 25 28,5 16,0 34,0 0,020 5
15194 125 32 32 30,0 18,0 43,0 0,029 5
15196 125 40 40 34,0 20,5 52,0 0,050 5
6
7.4 15197 125 50 50 34,0 23,5 68,0 0,090 5
9 15198 125 63 63 38,0 27,5 84,0 0,149 5
11 15206 160 20 25 27,5 14,5 29,5 0,021 5
17.6
15208 160 25 25 28,5 16,0 34,0 0,023 5
15210 160 32 32 30,0 18,0 43,0 0,034 5
15212 160 40 40 34,0 20,5 52,0 0,054 5
15214 160 50 50 34,0 23,5 68,0 0,094 5
15216 160 63 63 38,0 27,5 84,0 0,157 5
15218 160 75 75 42,0 30,0 100,0 0,238 5
15220 160 90 90 45,0 33,0 120,0 0,360 5
15228 200-250 20 25 27,5 14,5 29,5 0,020 5
15229 200-250 25 25 28,5 16,0 34,0 0,021 5
15230 200-250 32 32 30,0 18,0 43,0 0,031 5
15231 200 40 40 34,0 20,5 52,0 0,049 5
15232 200 50 50 34,0 23,5 68,0 0,087 5
15233 200 63 63 37,5 27,5 84,0 0,146 5
15234 200 75 75 42,0 30,0 100,0 0,225 5
15235 200 90 90 45,0 33,0 120,0 0,356 5
15236 200 110 110 49,0 37,0 147,0 0,638 5
15237 200 125 125 55,0 40,0 167,0 0,862 5
15251 250 40 40 34,0 20,5 52,0 0,053 5
15252 250 50 50 34,0 23,5 68,0 0,090 5
15253 250 63 63 37,5 27,5 84,0 0,152 5
15254 250 75 75 42,0 30,0 100,0 0,222 5
15255 250 90 90 45,0 33,0 120,0 0,348 5
15256 250 110 110 49,0 37,0 147,0 0,602 5
15257 250 125 125 55,0 40,0 167,0 0,820 5

123
D
WELD-IN SADDLE d
for pressureless installation

z2
Material: fusiolen® PP-R

l
Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874
Colour: green
D1

d2

D1 d d2 l z2 D Price €
SDR Art. no. Weight [kg] PU Box unit
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] pc

Art.N. 15265
15260 315-355 63 63 37,5
socket welding
27,5 84,0 0,153 1
Artikelliste 2015
15261
15262
315-355
315
75
90
75
90
42,0
45,0
30,0
33,0
100,0
120,0
0,230
0,363
1
1
Seite 35
15263
15264
315
315
110
125
110
125
49,0
55,0
37,0
40,0
147,0
167,0
0,592
0,830
1
1
15268 355 90 90 45,0 33,0 120,0 0,355 1
15269 355 110 110 49,0 37,0 147,0 0,586 1
15270 355 125 125 55,0 40,0 167,0 0,813 1
6
7.4 15275 400-500 75 75 42,0 30,0 100,0 0,216 1
9 15277 400-450 110 110 49,0 37,0 147,0 0,535 1
11 15278 400 125 125 55,0 40,0 167,0 0,693 1
17.6
15288 400-500 90 90 45,0 33,0 120,0 0,330 1
15290 450-500 125 125 55,0 40,0 167,0 0,671 1
15300 400-630 63 63 37,5 27,5 84,0 0,498 1
15303 500 110 110 49,0 37,5 147,0 0,533 1
15315 630 75 75 42,0 30,0 100,0 0,260 1
15316 630 90 90 45,0 33,0 120,0 0,350 1
15318 630 125 125 55,0 40,0 167,0 0,689 1
15331 630 110 110 49,0 37,0 147,0 0,567 1

With weld-on surface and additional weld-in socket for the fusion with the inner pipe wall.

D
WELD-IN SADDLE BUTT WELDING
for pressureless installation
l

Material: fusiolen® PP-RCT D1


L

Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874 d2


Colour: green

D1 D d2 l L Weight Price €
SDR Art. no. PU Box unit
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

butt welding
315265 315 160 160 80,0 237,5 0,831 1
9
315271 355 160 160 80,0 257,5 0,845 1

15265 315 160 160 80,0 237,5 0,868 1


11
15271 355 160 160 80,0 257,5 0,867 1
With weld-on surface and additional weld-in socket for the fusion with the inner pipe wall.

124
z2
D

l
WELD-IN SADDLE WITH FEMALE THREAD R SW
for pressureless installation, with spanner flat
D1

z2
Material: fusiolen® PP-R d

l
Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874
fusiolen® PP-R, brass
Colour: green
Notice: *do not use with aquatherm blue pipe OT D1
d

D1 d l z2 D SW Weight Price €
SDR Art. no. R PU Box unit
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

socket welding
28214* 40 25 39,0 16,0 38,5 1/2“ 24 0,088 5
28216 50 25 39,0 16,0 38,5 1/2“ 24 0,090 5
28218 63 25 39,0 16,0 38,5 1/2“ 24 0,089 5
28220 75 25 39,0 16,0 38,5 1/2“ 24 0,083 5
28222 90 25 39,0 16,0 38,5 1/2“ 24 0,090 5
28224 110 25 39,0 16,0 38,5 1/2“ 24 0,089 5
28226 125 25 39,0 16,0 38,0 1/2“ 24 0,092 5
28230 160 25 39,0 16,0 38,5 1/2“ 24 0,092 5
28232 200-250 25 39,0 16,0 38,5 1/2“ 24 0,092 5
28234 40 25 39,0 21,0 43,5 3/4“ 31 0,107 5
6 28236 50 25 39,0 21,0 43,5 3/4“ 31 0,110 5
7.4 28238 63 25 39,0 21,0 43,5 3/4“ 31 0,109 5
9
11 28240 75 25 39,0 21,0 43,5 3/4“ 31 0,109 5
17.6 28242 90 25 39,0 21,0 43,5 3/4“ 31 0,110 5
28244 110 25 39,0 21,0 43,5 3/4“ 31 0,110 5
28246 125 25 39,0 21,0 43,5 3/4“ 31 0,112 5
28250 160 25 39,0 21,0 43,5 3/4“ 31 0,112 5
28254 200-250 25 39,0 21,0 43,5 3/4“ 31 0,112 5
28260 75 32 43,0 22,0 60,0 1“ 39 0,223 5
28262 90 32 43,0 22,0 60,0 1“ 39 0,223 5
28264 110 32 43,0 22,0 60,0 1“ 39 0,223 5
28266 125 32 43,0 22,0 60,0 1“ 39 0,224 5
28270 160 32 43,0 22,0 60,0 1“ 39 0,226 5
28274 200-250 32 43,0 22,0 60,0 1“ 39 0,244 5

125
Art.N. D 928216
D1 Gruppe 928214
Artikelliste 2018 D
d R
WELD-IN SADDLE WITH FEMALE THREAD
for pressureless installation
Seite 39

z2
R

l
Material: fusiolen® PP-R

z2
Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874 D1

l
fusiolen® PP-R, stainless steel d
Colour: green
Notice: *do not use with aquatherm blue pipe OT D1
D d

Art.N. 928260 Gruppe 928214


R

Artikelliste 2018

z2
D1 d l z2 D Price €

l
SDR Art. no. R Weight [kg] PU Box unit
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] pc

Seite 39 socket welding


D1

Art.N. 928260 Gruppe 928214


928214* 40 25 39,0 16,0 38,5 1/2“
d 0,062 5
928216 50 25 39,0 16,0 38,5 1/2“ 0,064 5

Artikelliste Art.N.
2018 928260 Gruppe 928214
928218 63 25 39,0 16,0 38,5 1/2“ 0,064 5
928220 75 25 39,0 16,0 38,5 1/2“ 0,064 5

Seite 39
928222 90 25 39,0 16,0 38,5 1/2“ 0,064 5

Artikelliste 2018
928224 110 25 39,0 16,0
D 38,5 1/2“ 0,069 5
928226 125 25
R SW 39,0 16,0 38,5 1/2“ 0,065 5
6
Seite 39
928230 160 25 39,0 16,0 38,5 1/2“ 0,066 5
7.4 928232 200-250 25 39,0 16,0 38,5 1/2“ 0,065 5
9
z2

11 928234 40 25 39,0 21,0 43,5 3/4“ 0,082 5


17.6 928236 50
Art.N. 928260 Gruppe 928214
25 39,0 21,0 43,5 3/4“ 0,074 5
l

928238 63 25 39,0 21,0D 43,5 3/4“ 0,073 5


928240
928242
75
90
Artikelliste 2018
25
25
39,0
39,0
21,0R
21,0
43,5 SW
43,5
3/4“
3/4“
0,074
0,074
5
5
928244 110
Seite 39
25 39,0 21,0 43,5D1 3/4“ D 0,083 5
z2

928246 125 25 39,0 SW d


21,0 43,5 3/4“ 0,074 5
R
l

928250 160 25 39,0 21,0 43,5 3/4“ 0,076 5


928254 200-250 25 39,0 21,0 43,5 3/4“ 0,084 5
z2

D1
d D
WELD-IN SADDLE WITH FEMALE THREAD R SW
for pressureless installation, with spanner flat
D1
d
z2

Material: fusiolen PP-R


®
l

Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874


fusiolen® PP-R, stainless steel
Colour: green

D1
d

D1 d l z2 D SW Weight Price €
SDR Art. no. R PU Box unit
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

socket welding
928260 75 32 43,0 22,0 60,0 1“ 39 0,234 5
6 928262 90 32 43,0 22,0 60,0 1“ 39 0,235 5
7.4 928264 110 32 43,0 22,0 60,0 1“ 39 0,236 5
9
11 928266 125 32 43,0 22,0 60,0 1“ 39 0,235 5
17.6 928270 160 32 43,0 22,0 60,0 1“ 39 0,238 5
928274 200-250 32 43,0 22,0 60,0 1“ 39 0,237 5

126
d

WELD-IN SADDLE WITH MALE THREAD D


for pressureless installation, with spanner flat R SW

z2
Material: fusiolen® PP-R Art.N. 41488+ Aufschweisssattel
Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874

l
Colour: green
Notice: *do not use with aquatherm blue pipe OT

D1
d

D1 d l z2 D SW Price €
SDR Art. no. R Weight [kg] PU Box unit
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] pc

socket welding
28314* 40 25 55,0 16,0 38,5 1/2“ 21 0,088 5
28316 50 25 55,0 16,0 38,5 1/2“ 21 0,090 5
28318 63 25 55,0 16,0 38,5 1/2“ 21 0,089 5
28320 75 25 55,0 16,0 38,5 1/2“ 21 0,097 5
28322 90 25 55,0 16,0 38,5 1/2“ 21 0,090 5
28324 110 25 55,0 16,0 38,5 1/2“ 21 0,089 5
6
7.4 28326 125 25 55,0 16,0 38,5 1/2“ 21 0,092 5
9 28330 160 25 55,0 16,0 38,5 1/2“ 21 0,092 5 D1
11 Art.N. 41488+ Aufschweisssattel

d
28334* 40 25 56,0 17,0 43,5 3/4“ 24 0,107 5
17.6
28336 50 25 56,0 17,0 43,5 3/4“ 24 0,110 5
28338 63 25 56,0 17,0 43,5 3/4“ 24 0,109 5
28340 75 25 56,0 17,0 43,5 3/4“ 24 0,109 5
28342 90 25 56,0 17,0 43,5 3/4“ 24 0,110 5
28344 110 25 56,0 17,0 43,5 3/4“ 24 0,110 5
28346 125 25 56,0 17,0 43,5 3/4“ 24 0,112 5
28350 160 25 56,0 17,0 43,5 3/4“ 24 0,112 5

With hex shaped male thread, weld-in surface and weld-in socket for fusion with the inner wall of the pipe.

aquatherm WELD-ON SADDLE SET WITH BALL VALVE


for installation under pressure in use with tapping tool

Material: fusiolen® PP-R


Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874
Colour: green D1
d

Notice: do not use with aquatherm blue pipe OT

d D1 Price €
SDR Art. no. PU Box unit
[mm] [mm] pc

16175 40 75 1
16181 40 90 1
16188 40 110 1
16196 40 125 1
6 16198 63 125 1
7.4 16212 40 160 1
9 16216 63 160 1
11 16231 40 200 1
17.6 16233 63 200 1
16251 40 250 1
16253 63 250 1
16260 63 315-355 1
16300 63 400-630 1
The required tools for the fusion of aquatherm green pipe weld-on saddles are listed from page 105 onwards.

127
D
D d
FLANGE ADAPTER SOCKET WELDING d
with gasket

Material:
Art.N. 15516 Gruppe 15512
fusiolen® PP-R

Artikelliste 2015

L
L
Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874

z1

l
Colour: green

Seite 37 D1

l
D1

z2

z2
Dimension L l D D1 z1 z2 Weight Price €
SDR Art. no. PU Box unit
d [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

socket welding 15526


15512 32 34,0 10,0 41,0 68,0 16,0 3 0,053 1
15514 40 35,5 11,0 50,0 78,0 15,0 3 0,071 1
15516 50 39,5 12,0 61,0 88,0 16,0 3 0,071 1
6 D
7.4 15518 63 43,5 14,0 76,0 102,0 16,0 3 0,112 1
D d
9 15520 75 46,0 16,0 90,0 122,0 16,0d 3 0,169 1
11
15522 90 50,0 17,0 108,0 138,0 17,0 3 0,261 1
15524 110 55,5 18,5 131,0 158,0 18,5 3 0,329 1

L
L
15527 125 63,0 20,0 165,0 188,0 23,0 3 0,724 1

z1

l
D1

l
D1

z2

z2
15526

D
D d
d
FLANGE ADAPTER SOCKET WELDING
with gasket
L
L

Material: fusiolen® PP-R


z1

Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874


l

Colour: green D1
l

D1
z2

z2

Dimension L l D D1 z2 Weight Price €


SDR Art. no. PU Box unit
d [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

6
7.4
15526 125 195,0 18,5 131,0 158,0 3 1,180 1
9
11

*Only use with fitting 125 mm; with 110 mm flange adapter suitable for Art. no. 15724 Suitable flange adapter for shut-off valves are available on request.

128
D
FLANGE ADAPTER BUTT WELDING d
with gasket

Material: fusiolen® PP-RCT

L
Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874

l
Colour: green D1

z2
Dimension L l D D1 z2 Weight Price €
SDR Art. no. PU
Art.N. 15022,15035
Box unit
d [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc Gru
15530 160 93,0 25,0
butt welding
175,0 212,0 3,00 1,163
Artikelliste
1
2016
15534
15538
200
250
130,0
130,0
32,0
35,0
232,0
285,0
268,0
320,0
6,00
6,00
2,292
3,298
Seite
1
1
??
315530* 160 93,0 25,0 175,0 212,0 3 1,150 1
315534 200 130,0 32,0 232,0 268,0 6 2,292 1
9 315538 250 130,0 35,0 285,0 320,0 6 3,313 1
315542 315 172,5 52,0 337,0 370,0 6 5,640 1
315544 355 217,0 77,0 372,0 432,0 6 14,000 1

15531 160 93,0 25,0 175,0


Art.N. 315022,15035
212,0 0,955 1
Gruppe 15016 Muffenschweißverfahren

15535
15539
200
250
130,0
130,0
32,0
35,0
232,0
285,0
Artikelliste
268,0
320,0
6
6
2016 11
1,957
2,717
11 15543
15545
315
355
168,0
180,0
35,0
40,0
335,0
373,0
Seite ??
370,0
430,0
6
6
6,000
7,930
1
1
D
d1
d n
15547 400 195,0 46,0 427,0 482,0 6 12,000 1
15549 450 139,0 60,0 514,0 585,0 7 14,540 1

l1
L

l
Up to 160 mm EPDM-gasket without steel ring insert. From 200 mm EPDM-gasket with steel ring insert.

Suitable flange adapter for shutt-off valves available on request.

FLANGE ADAPTER INCL. FLANGE PN6 Muffenschweißverfahren Stumpfschweißverfa


without gasket

D
Material: Flange: Steel galvanized D d1
Flange adapter: fusiolen® PP-R d1 d
Colour: Flange: black d n
Flange adapter: green
l1

d = Connection dimension, d1 = hole-circle,


L

L
l1
l

PN 6 = Flange according to DIN 2641

Diameter D d1 L l1 l Weight Price €


SDR Art. no. n PU Box unit
d [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

socket welding
15012 32 100,0 75,0 34,0 10,0 10,0 4 1,090 1 D
d1
15014 40 120,0 90,0 35,5 10,0 11,0 4 1,170 1 d
6 15016 50 130,0 100,0 39,5 10,0 12,0 4 1,360 1
7.4 15018 63 140,0 110,0 43,5 10,0 14,0 4 0,886 1
9
15020 75 160,0 130,0 46,0 10,0 16,0 4 1,148 1
L

11 n
17.6 15022 90 190,0 150,0 50,0 10,0 17,0 4 1,618 1
l1

15024 110 210,0 170,0 55,5 10,0 18,5 4 1,824 1


l

15027 125 240,0 200,0 63,0 12,0 20,0 8 3,945 1


Delivery time: on request

D
d1
d
129
Art.N. 15022,15035 Gruppe 15016
FLANGE ADAPTER INCL. FLANGE PN6
without gasket
Artikellisted1D 2016
D
Seite ?? d d d1

Material: Flange: Steel galvanized


Flange adapter: fusiolen® PP-R
Colour: Flange: black

L
Flange adapter: green n

L
n
d = Connection dimension, d1 = hole-circle,

l1

l1

l
PN 6 = Flange according to DIN 2641

l
Diameter D
Art.N.d1 15022,15035
L l1
Gruppe
l
15016
Weight
Muffenschweißverfahren Stumpfschweißverfahren
Price €
SDR Art. no.
d [mm] Artikelliste 2016
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
n
[kg]
PU Box unit
pc
D
6
7.4 Seite ?? D
d1
d1
d
9 15026 125 210,0 170,0 195,0 10,0 18,5 4 d 2,715 n 1
11 n
17.6

l1
L

L
l1
Delivery time: on request 125mm Fitting with 110mm Flange adapter incl. flange PN6

l
 Use only in combination with a fitting

Muffenschweißverfahren Stumpfschweißverfahren
FLANGE ADAPTER INCL. FLANGE PN6
without gasket
D
Material: Flange: Steel galvanized D d1
d1 d
Flange adapter: fusiolen® PP-RCT d n
Colour: Flange: black
n
Flange adapter: green
l1
L

d = Connection dimension, d1 = hole-circle,


l1
l

PN 6 = Flange according to DIN 2641

l
Diameter D d1 L l1 l Weight Price €
SDR Art. no. n PU Box unit
d [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

Butt welding
15031 160 265,0 225,0 93,0 12,0 25,0 8 D 4,136 1
d1
11 15035 200 320,0 280,0 130,0 12,0 32,0 8 d 6,694 1
15039 250 375,0 335,0 130,0 12,0 35,0 8 9,500 1
Delivery time: on request
L

n
l1

D
d1
d
L

n
l1

130
PLASTIC COATED STEEL FLANGE

Material: PP/steel
D
d1
d
Art.N. 15812
Artikelliste 2
Colour: grey n

d = Connection dimension, d1 = hole-circle,

L
Seite 38
PN10/16= Flange according to DIN EN1092, DIN2501
Art.N. 15812
d2

fits to
Dimen­sion
Artikelliste 2015
d d1 D d2 L Weight Price €
SDR Art. no.
Art. no.
flange adapter
[mm]
DN
Seite 38
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
n
[kg]
PU Box unit
pc

socket welding
15712 15512 32 25 42,0 85,0 116,0 14,0 15,5 4 0,469 1
15714 15514 40 32 51,0 100,0 141,0 18,0 17,5 4 0,722 1
15716 15516 50 40 62,0 110,0 151,0 18,0 17,5 4 0,770 1
15718 15518 63 50 78,0 125,0 166,0 18,0 19,0 4 0,911 1
15720 15520 75 65 92,0 145,0 186,0 18,0 19,0 4 1,132 1
15722 15522 90 80 110,0 160,0 201,0 18,0 21,0 8 1,356 1
15724 15524/26 110 100 133,0 180,0 221,0 18,0 22,0 8 1,475 1 S
SW2
15726 15527 125 125 167,0 210,0 251,0 18,0 26,0 8 2,082 1
15531
15730 315530 160 150 178,0 240,0 286,0 22,0 27,0 8 3,671 1
2515530
6 15535
7.4 15734* 315534 200 200 235,0 295,0 341,0 22,0 28,0 8 4,709 1
9 2515534
11 15539
17.6 15738* 315538 250 250 288,0 350,0 406,0 22,0 31,0 12 7,094 1 z
2515538
15543
15742* 315542 315 300 340,0 400,0 460,0 22,0 33,5 12 9,500 1
15812 2515542
15545

lliste 2015 15744* 315544


2515544
355 350 376,0 460,0 520,0 22,0 39,0 16 15,300 1

38
15547
15746* 400 400 430,0 515,0 565,0 26,0 34,0 16 19,680 1
2515546
15549
15748** 450 500 517,0 620,0 670,0 26,0 42,0 20 22,880 1
2515548
15750** 2515550 500 500 533,0 620,0 670,0 26,0 38,0 20 19,000 1
15754** 2515554 630 600 645,0 725,0 785,0 30,0 40,0 20 25,800 1
*Flange PN16 ø 200 – 630 mm (Art. no. 15934 – 15954) available on request. **Material: steel/epoxyd

SW1
SW2
COUPLING SCREW JOINT

Material: fusiolen® PP-R, brass


Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874
D
d

Colour: green, brassy

z
l

Dimension l z D SW1 SW2 Weight Price €


SDR Art. no. PU Box unit
d [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

socket welding
15812 32 36,5 18,5 41,0 64 50 0,479 1
6 15814 40 38,0 17,5 50,0 80 60 0,841 1
7.4
15816 50 41,0 17,5 61,0 86 70 0,821 1
9
11 15818 63 45,0 17,5 76,0 108 90 1,498 1
15820 75 31,0 17,5 90,0 128 104 1,998 1

131
Art.N. 15838
Artikelliste 2015 c t1
PRINCIPLE OF FLOW-THROUGH BACK PLATE ELBOW d1

Art.N. 20197 Seite 39

D
Artikelliste 2015

l
Seite 39

z1
l3 l2
L

Art.N. 20198 Art.N. 20198


l2
t1
z2
Artikelliste 2015 Artikelliste 2015

d1
Seite 39 l1 Seite 39

z
l

D
z z1

z1
aquatherm green pipe FLOW-THROUGH BACK PLATE ELBOW 90°
D
d

D d1 l l2 t1 z z1 z2 Box Price €
Art. no. Dimension PU
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] unit pc

20197 20mm x 1/2“f x 20 mm 37,0 7,0 49,5 51,0 Art.N. 15838


5,5 20,0 23,5 16,0 1

c t1
Artikelliste 2015 c t1
d1
Seite 39 d1

z
z

D
D

l
l

z1
z1

l3 l2 l3 l2
L L
aquatherm green pipe FLOW-THROUGH BACK PLATE ELBOW, PARALLEL

D d1 L l l2 l3 c t1 z z1 Box Price €
Art. no. Dimension PU
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] unit pc

20198 20mm x 1/2“f x 20 mm 37,0 7,0 75,0 65,0 51,0 45,6 28,3 5,5 14,0 42,3 1

l l1
z z1
COUPLING SCREW JOINT

Material: fusiolen® PP-R


Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874
Colour: green
D
d

Dimension l z l1 z1 D Weight Price €


SDR Art. no. PU Box unit
d [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

socket welding
15838 20 26,0 12,0 20,0 5,5 46,0 0,036 10
15840 25 28,0 12,0 21,0 5,0 56,0 0,058 10
6 15842 32 30,0 12,0 23,0 5,0 66,0 0,089 5
7.4
15844 40 34,0 13,5 25,5 5,0 79,0 0,136 5
9
11 15846 50 39,0 15,5 28,8 5,0 87,0 0,170 5
15848 63 47,5 20,0 32,5 5,0 107,0 0,240 1
15850 75 50,0 20,0 36,0 6,0 128,0 0,546 1

132
ELECTROFUSION SOCKET

h
Material: fusiolen® PP-R

D
d
Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874
Colour:
Notice:
green
do not use with 160 – 250 mm fittings Art.N.
L 20108
Artikelliste 2015
*do not use with aquatherm blue pipe MF OT

Seite 40
Dimension L h D Weight Price €
SDR Art. no. PU Box unit
d [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

Electro-socket welding
17208 20 70,0 36,0 31,5 0,049 1
17210 25 78,0 38,5 36,5 0,057 1
17212 32 80,0 42,5 L 45,0 0,077 1
17214 40 92,0 47,0 l1 54,0 0,103 1
17216 50 103,0 52,0 z1 z2 65,0 0,142 1
6
7.4 17218 63 118,0 58,0 81,5 0,239 1
9 17220 75 130,0 64,5 96,0 0,347 1
c

11 17222 90 145,0 72,0 113,5 0,501 1

D1
R
17.6
17224 110 160,0 82,5 139,0 0,821 1
z
l

17226 125 172,0 90,0 156,0 1,097 1


17230* 160 186,0 109,5 197,0 1,754 1
17234* 200 210,0 134,0 d 243,0 3,625 1
D
17238* 250 250,0 170,0 315,0 7,142 1

L
l1
BACK PLATE ELBOW
z1 z2

Material: fusiolen® PP-R, brass


c

fusiolen® PP-R, stainless steel


D1
R

Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874


z

Colour: green
l

d
D

d l z D l1 z1 z2 D1 L c Weight Box Price €


SDR Art. no. [mm]
R
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
PU
unit pc
[kg]

socket welding
brass
20106 16 1/2“ 31,0 18,0 29,5 31,5 18,5 13,0 37,0 51,0 20,0 0,080 200
20108 20 1/2“ 31,0 16,5 29,5 31,5 18,5 13,0 37,0 51,0 20,0 0,079 200
20110 20 3/4“ 37,0 22,5 34,0 37,0 24,0 13,0 44,0 54,0 - 0,106
20112 25 3/4“ 37,0 21,0 34,0 37,0 24,0 13,0 44,0 54,0 - 0,105
6 20113 25 1/2“ 33,5 17,5 34,0 31,0 18,0 13,0 37,0 53,0 20,0 0,080
7.4
11 stainless steel
920108 20 1/2“ 31,0 16,5 29,5 31,5 18,5 13,0 37,0 51,0 20,0 0,084
920110 20 3/4“ 37,0 22,5 34,0 37,0 24,0 13,0 44,0 54,0 - 0,101
920112 25 3/4“ 37,0 21,0 34,0 37,0 24,0 13,0 44,0 54,0 - 0,111
920113 25 1/2“ 33,5 17,5 34,0 31,0 18,0 13,0 37,0 53,0 20,0 0,076

133
MOUNTING PLATE
galvanized; to fix back plate elbows as double connection

Material: iron, galvanized


Colour: zinc

d l l1 l2 c c1 h h1 Weight Price €
Art. no. PU Box unit
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

60010 40 100 50 20 255 40 265 50 0,221 1


not suitable for connection with sound insulation plate (Art. no. 79080).
We recommend mounting rail Art. no. 79090.

MOUNTING PLATE
galvanized; to fix back plate elbows as double connection including 2 fixing plates and 4 screws

Material: iron, galvanized


Colour: zinc

d d1 l l1 h h1 h2 Weight Price €
Art. no. PU Box unit
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

79090 40 50 25 28 560 70 70 0,546 1

SOUND INSULATION PLATE


for aquatherm green pipe and aquatherm grey pipe back plate elbow

Material: PP
Colour: white

50

a1 a2 b1 b2 b3 c d1 d2 f1 f2 h1 h2 Weight Price €
Art. no. PU Box unit
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

79080 28 20 30 40 62 62 80 62 64 54 18 2 0,058 2

134
MOUNTING RAIL (DOUBLE AND SINGLE)

Material: iron, galvanized l5


l15 l15
Colour: zinc
l16 l1 l16

c z1
l1 l1
l2 l3 d2
d2 l1
l14 l3 l14
l3 l2
l4 l13 l14
l13

D1
R
Art.N. 20204
l11 l10 l10 l12 l9
l12 l3 l3 l3 l3
l12 l13
l11 l11

z
l12 l13 d1 l3 l3
l9 l11 l10 l11 d1

l
l3 l3 l4 l5

Artikelliste 2015
l6
l7 l8 l12 d2
l3 l3
d
l8

Art. no.
ø d1
[mm]
ø d2
[mm]
Weight
[kg] Seite 42
PU
Price €
pc
D

79095 40 5,1 0,412 2


79096 40 5,1 0,235 2
Art.N. 20156
Artikelliste
WALL FITTING 2015
20114

DRY CONSTRUCTION L
l

brass Seite 42
z l1
Material:
D

R
d

SW
l l1 L SW Weight Price €
Art. no. R R1 PU Box unit
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

20114 1/2“ 3/4“ 10,5 26,0 62,0 30 0,213 10


l1
c z1
BACK PLATE ELBOW FOR DRY CONSTRUCTION

Material: fusiolen® PP-R, brass


D1
R

fusiolen® PP-R, stainless steel


z

Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874


l

Colour: green
d
D

SDR Art. no.


d
[mm]
R
l
[mm]
z
[mm]
D
[mm]
l1
[mm] Art.N. 20204
z1
[mm]
D1
[mm]
Weight
[kg]
PU
Box
unit
Price €
pc

socket welding Artikelliste 2015


brass

6
20156 16 1/2“ 30,0 17,0 29,5 37,0 Seite 42
24,0 37,0 0,081 10
7.4 20158 20 1/2“ 30,0 15,5 29,5 37,0 24,0 37,0 0,079 10
11
stainless steel
920158 20 1/2“ 30,0 15,5 29,5 37,0 24,0 37,0 0,078 10

L
TRANSITION PIECE l
z l1
with counternut, gasket and tension washer

Material: fusiolen® PP-R, brass


Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874
D

R
d

Colour: green
SW

d l z D l1 L SW Weight Price €
SDR Art. no. R PU Box unit
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

socket welding
6
7.4 20204 20 1/2“ 40,0 25,5 43,5 13,5 65,0 29 0,204 10
11
e.g. for connection of a cistern or application with mounting plate (Art. no. 60110 – 60115)
135
Artikelliste 2015
Seite 43 l2 l1
TRANSITION ELBOW
with counternut, gasket and tension washer

D1
R
Material: fusiolen® PP-R, brass

z
Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874

l
Colour: green SW
d
D

d l z D l1 l2 D1 SW Weight Box Price €


SDR Art. no. R L PU
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] unit pc
l
socket welding
20206 16 1/2“ 37,0 24,0 29,5 3,5 35,0 44,0 29 0,201 10
6
7.4 20208 20 1/2“ 37,0 22,5 29,5 3,5 35,0 44,0 29 0,154 10

R
d
11
20209 25 1/2“ 37,0 21,0 34,0 3,5 37,0 44,0 29 0,206 10
e.g. for connection of a cistern or application with mounting plate (Art. no. 60110 – 60115) Art.N. 50708
ASSEMBLING JIG Artikelliste 2015
as water level with 2 plugs 1/2“
Seite 43 250
200
150
100
80

Material: fusiolen PP-R


®
aqu
ath 80
erm 100

Colour: green
150
200
250

Weight Box Price €


Art. no. PU
[kg] unit pc

50700 0,252 1

L
PLUG FOR PRESSURE TESTS
l
with gasket

Material: fusiolen® PP-R


R
d

Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874


Colour: green

d l L Weight Box Price €


Art. no. R PU
[mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] unit pc

50708 28 1/2“ 55,5 66,0 0,022 10


50710 34 3/4“ 55,5 66,0 0,027 10

60110

MOUNTING UNIT
double

80

Material: iron/galvanized 150


100

Colour: zinc

b l l1 l2 h h1 l3 l4 l5 Weight Price €
Art. no. PU Box unit
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

60110 27,5 75 25 5 92,5 122,5 239 339 55 0,630 1

136
MOUNTING UNIT
single

Material: iron/galvanized Art.N. 20210


Colour: zinc
Artikelliste 2015
Seite 44
b l l1 l2 h h1 Price €
Art. no. Weight [kg] PU Box unit
[mm] [mm] [mm] l2[mm] l1 [mm] [mm] pc

60115 27,5 118 22,5 55 92,5 122,5 0,278 1

D1
R
MOUNTING UNIT
z

05106
l

with two aquatherm green pipe transition elbows (Art. no. 20208), with counternut, gasket and tension washer
SW
Material: fusiolen® PP-R, brass
d
iron/galvanized
D 08

Colour: green 001

051

zinc

b l l1 l2 h h1 l3 l4 l5 Weight Price €
Art. no. PU Box unit
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

60150 27,5 75 25 5 92,5 122,5 239 339 55 0,942 1

60155

MOUNTING UNIT
with one aquatherm green pipe transition elbow (Art. no. 20208), with counternut, gasket and tension washer

Material: fusiolen® PP-R, brass


iron/galvanized
Colour: green
zinc

Art.N. 20210
Art. no.
b l l1 l2 Artikelliste 2015
h h1
Weight [kg] PU Box unit
Price €

60155
[mm]

27,5
[mm]

22,5
[mm]

118
[mm]

55
Seite 44 [mm]

92,5
[mm]

122,5 0,434 1
pc

l2 l1
TRANSITION ELBOW
for plasterboard

Material: fusiolen® PP-R, brass


D1
R

Colour: green
z
l

SW
d
D

d l z D L l1 D1 SW Weight Price €
SDR Art. no. R PU Box unit
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

6
7.4 20210 20 1/2“ 37,0 22,5 29,5 18,5 35,0 44,0 29 0,223 10
11
with 30 mm thread, counternut, gasket and tension washer

137
z
TRANSITION PIECE WITH FEMALE THREAD
round

Material: fusiolen® PP-R, brass

R
d
fusiolen® PP-R, stainless steel
Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874
Colour: green
l
L

d l z D L Box Price €
SDR Art. no. R Weight [kg] PU
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] unit pc

brass
21006 16 1/2“ 28,0 28,0 38,5 41,0 0,066 10
21008 20 1/2“ 27,5 26,0 37,5 40,5 0,064 10 400
21010 20 3/4“ 27,5 26,0 43,5 40,5 0,089 10 300
21011 25 1/2“ 29,5 26,5 38,5 42,5 0,065 10 400
21012 25 3/4“ 27,5 24,5 43,5 40,5 0,087 10 300
6 21013 32 3/4“ 30,5 25,5 43,5 43,5 0,092 5 250
7.4
stainless steel
9
11 921008 20 1/2“ 27,5 26,0 37,5 40,5 0,069 10
921010 20 3/4“ 27,5 26,0 43,5 40,5 0,090 10
921011 25 1/2“ 29,5 26,5 38,5 42,5 0,069 10
921012 25 3/4“ 27,5 24,5 43,5 40,5 0,086 10
921013 32 3/4“ 30,5 25,5 43,5 43,5 0,092 5
921014 32 1/2“ 28,0 23,0 37,0 41,0 0,078 5

138
Art.N. 21258
Artikelliste 2015
TRANSITION PIECE WITH FEMALE THREAD
with spanner flat
z
SW

Material: Seite 45
fusiolen® PP-R, brass
fusiolen® PP-R, stainless steel

R
d
Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874
Colour: green
l z1
L

d l z z1 D L SW Price €
SDR Art. no. R Weight [kg] PU Box unit
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] pc

brass
21106 16 1/2“ 34,5 37,5 10,0 38,5 50,5 24 0,089 10
21108 20 1/2“ 34,5 36,0 10,0 38,5 50,5 24 0,078 10 400
21110 20 3/4“ 29,0 35,5 10,0 43,5 50,0 31 0,112 10 300
21111 25 1/2“ 36,0 36,0 10,0 38,5 52,0 24 0,081 10 300
21112 25 3/4“ 29,0 34,0 10,0 43,5 50,0 31 0,109 10 300
21113
21114
32
32
3/4“
1“
32,0
37,5
35,0
41,5
Art.N. 21258
10,0
14,0
43,5
60,0
53,0
59,5
31
39
0,114
0,239
5
5
250
125
21115
21116
40
40
1“
1 1/4“
40,0
40,0
41,5
42,5
Artikelliste 2015
14,0
15,0
60,0
74,0
62,0
63,0
39
50
0,227
0,385
5
5

6
21117
21118
50
50
1 1/4“
1 1/2“
43,0
45,0
42,5
43,5
Seite 45
15,0
15,0
74,0
85,5
66,0
67,0
50
55
0,404
0,418
5
5
7.4
21119 63 1 1/2“ 51,5 46,0 15,0 84,0 73,5 55 0,442 1
9
11 21120 63 2“ 51,0 49,5 19,0 101,0 77,0 67 0,600 1
21122 75 2“ 51,0 47,0 19,0 100,0 77,0 67 0,608 1
D

R
d

stainless steel
921114 32 1“ 37,5 41,5 14,0 60,0 z2 59,5 39 0,232 5
921115 40 1“ 40,0 41,5 14,0 60,0
z 62,0 39 0,219 5
921116 40 1 1/4“ 40,0 42,5 15,0 L 74,0 63,0 50 0,331 5
921117 50 1 1/4“ 43,0 42,5 15,0 74,0 66,0 50 0,351 5
921118 50 1 1/2“ 45,0 43,5 15,0 84,0 67,0 55 0,445 5
921119 63 1 1/2“ 51,5 46,0 15,0 84,0 73,5 55 0,425 1
921120 63 2“ 51,0 49,5 19,0 101,0 77,0 67 0,196 1
921122 75 2“ 51,0 47,0 19,0 100,0 77,0 67 0,676 1

TRANSITION PIECE WITH MALE THREAD


round, self sealing
D

R
d

Material: fusiolen® PP-R, brass


Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874
z2
Colour: green
z
L

d L z z2 D Weight Price €
SDR Art. no. R PU Box unit
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

21258 20 1/2“ 52,5 38,0 12,0 38,5 0,090 10


6
7.4 21261 25 1/2“ 54,0 38,0 12,0 38,5 0,078 10
11
21262 25 3/4“ 53,5 37,5 13,0 38,5 0,085 10

139
TRANSITION PIECE WITH MALE THREAD
round

Material: fusiolen® PP-R, brass

R
d
fusiolen® PP-R, stainless steel
Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874
z2
Colour: green
z

Art.N. 21355 L

SDR Art. no.


d
R
L z
Artikelliste 2015
z2 D
Weight [kg] PU Box unit
Price €
[mm] [mm] [mm]
Seite 47 [mm]

brass
[mm] pc

21206 16 1/2“ 56,5 43,5 16,0 38,5 0,097 10


21208 20 1/2“ 56,5 42,0 16,0 38,5 0,084 10 300
21210 20 3/4“ 57,5 43,0 17,0 38,5 0,109 10 SW
300
21211 25 1/2“ 58,0 42,0 16,0 38,5 0,085 10 300
21212 25 3/4“ 57,5 41,5 17,0 38,5 0,090 10 300
6

R
d
7.4 21213 32 3/4“ 59,5 41,5 17,0 38,5 0,095 5 250
9 stainless steel z2
11
921208 20 1/2“ 56,5 42,0 16,0 38,5 0,096 10 z
L
921210 20 3/4“ 57,5 43,0 17,0 38,5 0,108 10
921211 25 1/2“ 58,0 42,0 16,0 38,5 0,098 10
921212 25 3/4“ 57,5 41,5 17,0 38,5 0,108 10
921213 32 3/4“ 59,5 41,5 17,0 38,5 0,115 5

TRANSITION PIECE WITH MALE THREAD


SW
self-sealing, with hex shaped threaded transition
male/male
D

R
d

Material: fusiolen® PP-R, brass


Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874
z2
Colour: green
z
L

d L z z2 D SW Weight Price €
SDR Art. no. R PU Box unit
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

6
7.4 21355 20 1/2“ 59,0 48,0 13,0 38,5 22 0,107 10
11

140
TRANSITION PIECE WITH MALE THREAD SW
with spanner flat

Material: fusiolen® PP-R, brass

R
d
Art.N. 21358
fusiolen® PP-R, stainless steel
Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874 z2
Colour: green
Artikelliste 2015 L
z

Seite 47
d SW L z z2 D Weight Price €
SDR Art. no. R PU Box unit
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

brass
21306 16 1/2“ 22 66,5 53,5 16,0 38,5 0,119 10
21308 20 1/2“ 22 66,5 52,0 16,0 38,5 0,104 10
21310 20 3/4“ 24 67,5 53,0 17,0 38,5 0,129 10
21311 25 1/2“ 21 68,0 52,0 16,0 38,5 0,107 10
21312 25 3/4“ 24 67,5 51,5 17,0 38,5 0,103 10 300
21314 32 1“ 32 78,5 60,5 20,0 53,0 0,216 5 125
21316 32 1 1/4“ 42 81,0 63,0 21,0 68,0 0,318 5 100
21317 40 1“ 32 81,0 60,5 20,0 52,0 0,222 5 100
21318 40 1 1/4“ 42 84,5 64,0 21,0 68,0 0,324 5 80
21319 50 1 1/4“ 42 85,5 62,0 21,0 68,0 0,351 5
21320 50 1 1/2“ 46 88,5 SW 65,0 22,0 74,0 0,425 5
21321 63 1 1/2“ 46 94,5 67,0 22,0 72,5 0,467 1
6 21322 63 2“ 50 102,5 75,0 23,5 84,0 0,685 1
7.4
D

R
d

21323 75 2“ 50 102,0 72,0 23,5 84,0 0,733 1


9
11 21324 75 2 1/2“ 65 105,0 Art.N. 21358
75,0
z2 88,0
26,7 100,0 0,970 1

Artikelliste 2015
21325 90 3“ 85 121,0 30,0 120,0 1,326 1
21327 110 4“ 105 z
148,0 111,0 39,0 147,0 2,730 1

Seite 47
L stainless steel
921314 32 1“ 32 78,5 60,5 20,0 53,0 0,204 5
921316 32 1 1/4“ 41 81,0 63,0 21,0 68,0 0,360 5
921317 40 1“ 32 81,0 60,5 20,0 52,0 0,251 5
921318 40 1 1/4“ 41 84,5 64,0 21,0 68,0 0,362 5
921319 50 1 1/4“ 41 85,5 62,0 21,0 68,0 0,389 5
921320 50 1 1/2“ 46 88,5 65,0 22,0 74,0 0,480 5
921321 63 1 1/2“ 46 94,5 67,0 22,0 72,5 0,523 1
921322 63 2“ 50 102,5 75,0 23,5 84,0 0,708 1
921323 75 2“ 50 102,0 72,0 23,5 84,0 0,699 1

TRANSITION PIECE WITH MALE THREAD SW


self-sealing, with hex shaped threaded transition
female/male
D

R
d

Material: fusiolen® PP-R, brass


Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874 z2
Colour: green z
L

d L z z2 D SW Weight Price €
SDR Art. no. R PU Box unit
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

6 21356 16 1/2“ 63,5 50,5 13,0 38,5 22 0,112 10


7.4
11 21358 20 1/2“ 63,5 49,0 13,0 38,5 22 0,111 10

141
l1
z1
TRANSITION ELBOW WITH FEMALE THREAD

Material: fusiolen® PP-R, brass Art.N. 23208

D1
R
Artikelliste 2015
fusiolen® PP-R, stainless steel

z
Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874

l
Colour: green
Seite 48 d
D

d l z D l1 z1 D1 Weight Box Price €


SDR Art. no. R PU
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] l1 [mm] [kg] unit pc
z1
brass
23006 16 1/2“ 31,5 18,5 29,5 37,0 24,0 37,0 0,072 10

D1
23008 20 3/4“ 37,0 22,5 34,0 37,0 24,0 44,0 0,102 10

R
23010 20 1/2“ 31,0 16,5 29,5 31,5 18,5 37,0 0,076 10 300

z
l
23012 25 3/4“ 37,0 21,0 34,0 37,0 24,0 44,0 0,100 10 200
23014 25 1/2“ 33,5 17,5 34,0 31,5 18,5 37,0 0,075 10 250
d d
23016 32 3/4“ 27,5 9,5 43,0 51,0 38,0 44,0 0,104 5
D
6 23018 32 1“ 34,0 16,0 43,0 66,5 44,5 60,5 0,249 5
7.4
stainless steel
9
11 923008 20 3/4“ 37,0 22,5 29,5 37,0 24,0 37,0 0,095 10
923010 20 1/2“ 31,0 16,5 29,5 31,5 18,5 37,0 0,081 10
923012 25 3/4“ 37,0 21,0 34,0 37,0 24,0 44,0 0,101 10
923014 25 1/2“ 33,5 17,5 34,0 31,5 18,5 37,0 0,082 10
923015 32 1/2“ 35,0 17,0 43,0 37,0 24,0 37,0 0,112 5
923016 32 3/4“ 27,5 9,5 43,0 51,0 38,0 44,0 0,097 5
923018 32 1“ 34,0 16,0 43,0 66,5 44,5 60,5 0,240 5

Art.N. 23208
Artikelliste 2015
Seite 48

l1
TRANSITION ELBOW WITH FEMALE THREAD z1

Material: fusiolen® PP-R, brass


Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874
D1
R

Colour: green
z
l

d d
D

d l z l1 z1 D1 Weight Price €
SDR Art. no. R PU Box unit
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

6
7.4 23208 20 1/2“ 33,5 18,5 37,0 24,0 37,0 0,076 10
11

142
l
z
l1
TRANSITION ELBOW WITH MALE THREAD

d
D
Material: fusiolen® PP-R, brass

z1

D1
R
l1
fusiolen® PP-R, stainless steel

z
Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874

l
R z2
Colour: green D1
d
D

d l l1 z z2 D D1 Weight Box Price €


SDR Art. no. R PU
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] unit pc

brass
23504 16 1/2“ 31,5 53,0 18,5 16,0 29,5 37,0 0,109 10
23506 20 1/2“ 31,5 53,0 17,0 16,0 29,5 37,0 0,108 10
23508 20 3/4“ 31,5 54,0 17,0 17,0 34,0 38,0 0,128 10

6
23510
23512
25
32
3/4“
3/4“
31,5
27,5
54,0
68,0
15,5
9,5
Art.N. 25006
17,0
17,0
34,0
43,0
38,0
38,0
0,104
0,112
10
5
7.4
9
23514 32 1“ 31,0 85,5 13,0 Artikelliste 2015
20,0 43,0 52,0 0,231 5

Seite 48
11 stainless steel
923506 20 1/2“ 31,5 53,0 17,0 16,0 29,5 37,0 0,035 10
923508 20 3/4“ 31,5 54,0 17,0 17,0 34,0 38,0 0,123 10
923510 25 3/4“ 31,5 54,0 15,5 17,0 34,0 38,0 0,121 10
923512 32 3/4“ 27,5 68,0 9,5 17,0 43,0 38,0 0,128 5

THREADED BRANCH TEE WITH FEMALE THREAD l


z

Material: fusiolen® PP-R, brass


d
D

fusiolen® PP-R, stainless steel


z1

Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874


l1

Colour: green

R
D1

d l z D l1 z1 D1 Weight Price €
SDR Art. no. R PU Box unit
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

brass
25004 16 1/2“ 31,5 18,5 29,5 37,0 24,0 37,0 0,089 10
25006 20 1/2“ 31,5 17,0 29,5 37,0 24,0 37,0 0,086 10 200
25008 20 3/4“ 37,0 22,5 34,0 37,0 24,0 44,0 0,121 10 170
25010 25 1/2“ 34,0 18,0 34,0 38,0 25,0 37,0 0,090 10 150
25012 25 3/4“ 37,0 21,0 34,0 37,0 24,0 44,0 0,109 10 150
25013 32 1/2“ 35,0 17,0 43,0 37,0 24,0 37,0 0,103 5
25014 32 3/4“ 27,5 9,5 43,0 51,0 38,0 44,0 0,111 5
25016 32 1“ 31,5 13,5 43,0 67,0 45,0 60,0 0,255 5
25018 40 1/2“ 42,0 21,5 52,0 40,0 27,0 37,0 0,142 5
6 25019 40 3/4“ 40,5 20,0 52,0 40,5 27,5 52,0 0,147 5
7.4 25020 40 1“ 41,5 21,0 52,0 56,0 34,0 60,0 0,276 5
9 25022 50 1“ 49,5 26,0 68,0 63,5 41,5 60,0 0,385 5
11 25030 50 1/2“ 49,5 26,0 68,0 44,5 31,5 43,0 0,237 5
25031 50 3/4“ 49,5 26,0 68,0 44,5 31,5 43,0 0,243 5
stainless steel
925006 20 1/2“ 31,5 17,0 29,5 37,0 24,0 37,0 0,087 10
925008 20 3/4“ 37,0 22,5 34,0 37,0 24,0 44,0 0,108 10
925010 25 1/2“ 34,5 18,5 34,0 38,0 25,0 37,0 0,093 10
925012 25 3/4“ 37,0 21,0 34,0 37,0 24,0 44,0 0,111 10
925013 32 1/2“ 35,0 17,0 43,0 37,0 24,0 37,0 0,113 5
925014 32 3/4“ 27,5 9,5 43,0 51,0 38,0 44,0 0,111 5
925016 32 1“ 31,5 13,5 43,0 67,0 45,0 60,0 0,082 5
NOTICE: aquatherm green pipemetal compound fittings are manufactured from fusiolen® PP-R and brass. Metal inserts, without hex shaped spanner
flat, with 1/2“ and 3/4“ f are also available in stainless steel.

143
SW2 SW1
l
z

THREADED BRANCH TEE WITH MALE THREAD

R
d
BN BN

D
d
Art.N. 26646
Material: fusiolen® PP-R, brass
z2
Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874
z

l1
Artikelliste 2015
Colour: green
L

z2
R
Seite 49
t.N. 26610 D1

SDR Art. no. tikelliste 2015


d
[mm]
R
l
[mm]
z
[mm]
D
[mm]
z2
[mm]
D1
[mm]
Weight
[kg]
PU Box unit
Price €
pc

6
7.4 25506 te 49
20 1/2“ 31,5 17,0 29,5 16,0 37,0 0,102 10
11

SW1 SW2
SW2 SW1
TRANSITION COUPLING WITH MALE THREAD
with union nut and welding socket

R
d
Material: fusiolen® PP-R, brass

R
d
Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874
Colour: green z2
z2 z
BN BN L
z L

SDR Art. no.


d
R
L
Art.N. 26646
z z2 D SW1 SW2 Weight
PU Box unit
Price €
[mm]
t.N. 26610
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

26608 20 1/2“ 52,5


Artikelliste 2015
38,0 13,5 27,5 34 36 0,145 1
26610 25 3/4“ tikelliste 2015
59,5 43,5 14,5 36,0 42 46 0,243 1
6
Seite 49
te 49
7.4 26612 32 1“ 64,5 46,5 16,8 41,5 48 52 0,336 1
9 26614 40 1 1/4“ 70,0 49,5 19,1 53,0 60 64 0,517 1
11
26616 50 1 1/2“ 84,8 61,3 22,0 59,0 48 72 0,624 1
26618 63 2“ 95,5 68,0 25,0 74,0 62 89 1,045 1

TRANSITION COUPLING WITH FEMALE THREAD SW1 SW2


with union nut and welding socket

Material: fusiolen® PP-R, brass


Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874
BN BN
D

R
d

Colour: green

z2
z
L

d z z2 D L SW1 SW2 Weight Box Price €


SDR Art. no. R PU
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] unit pc

26638 20 1/2“ 30,5 15,0 27,5 45,0 36 24 0,112 1


26640 25 3/4“ 33,0 15,5 36,0 49,0 46 32 0,193 1
6
7.4 26642 32 1“ 36,0 15,0 41,5 54,0 52 40 0,291 1
9 26644 40 1 1/4“ 36,0 20,0 53,0 56,5 64 47 0,423 1
11
26646 50 1 1/2“ 41,3 19,0 59,0 64,8 72 57 0,610 1
26648 63 2“ 47,0 18,0 74,0 74,5 89 68 0,924 1

Notice: aquatherm green pipe metal compound fittings are manufactured from fusiolen® PP-R and brass. Metal inserts, without hex shaped spanner flat, with 1/2“ and 3/4“ f
are also available in stainless steel.

144
LOOSE NUT ADAPTER
length: 100 mm, with gasket

SW
R

d
Material: fusiolen® PP-R, brass l1
Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874
Colour: green k
l
maximum shortening length

SDR Art. no.


d Art.N. 26808
Nut R
l l1 k SW
Weight [kg] PU Box unit
Price €

Artikelliste 2015
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] pc

26708 20 1“ 100,0 3,0 65,0 36 0,079 1


26710 25 Seite 50 1 1/4“ 100,0 3,0 62,0 46 0,104 1
26712 32 1 1/2“ 100,0 3,0 58,0 52 0,175 1
6
7.4 26714 40 2“ 100,0 3,0 53,0 64 0,258 1
9 26716 50 2 1/4“ 100,0 3,0 49,0 72 0,344 1
11
26718 63 2 3/4“ 100,0 3,0 43,0 89 0,583 1
26720 75 3 1/2“ 100,0 3,0 34,0 110 0,918 1
26722 90 4“ 100,0 3,0 26,0 120 1,238 1

WATER METER NUT ADAPTER


with gasket
BP SW

l1
Material: fusiolen® PP-R, brass
D

R
d

Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874


Colour: green
z

BP l

d l l1 z D SW Weight Price €
SDR Art. no. R PU Box unit
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

6 26808 20 59,5 3,0 45,0 38,5 3/4“ 30 0,136 1


7,4
26810 25 61,0 3,0 45,0 38,5 3/4“ 30 0,155 1
9
11 26812 32 62,0 3,0 44,0 43,5 3/4“ 30 0,162 1

NUT ADAPTER
ISO-standard

Material: fusiolen® PP-R, brass


Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874
Colour: green

d l l1 z D SW Weight Price €
SDR Art. no. Nut R PU Box unit
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

27010 20 1“ 58,5 3,0 34,0 38,5 36 0,182 10


27011 25 1“ 60,0 3,0 44,0 38,5 36 0,186 10
27012 25 1 1/4“ 60,0 3,0 44,0 43,5 46 0,274 10
27013 32 1 1/4“ 63,0 3,0 45,0 43,5 46 0,279 5
27014 32 1 1/2“ 69,5 3,0 51,5 60,0 52 0,446 5
6 27015 40 1 1/2“ 72,0 3,0 51,5 60,0 52 0,421 5
7.4
27016 40 2“ 72,0 3,0 51,5 74,0 64 0,719 5
9
11 27017 50 2“ 75,0 3,0 51,5 74,0 64 0,736 5
27018 50 2 1/4“ 77,0 3,0 53,5 84,0 72 0,831 5
27019 63 2 1/4“ 83,5 3,0 56,0 84,0 72 0,889 1
27020 63 2 3/4“ 82,5 3,0 55,0 101,0 89 1,306 1
27021 75 2 3/4“ 85,0 3,0 55,0 100,0 89 1,275 1
27022 75 3 1/2“ 91,0 3,0 61,0 100,0 110 1,818 1

145
SW
COUNTERPART
with welding socket and male thread for ISO-standard adapter

Material: fusiolen® PP-R, brass

R
d
Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874
Colour: green
z
L

d Thread L z D SW Weight Price €


SDR Art. no. PU Box unit
[mm] R [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

27310 20 1“ 61,5 47,0 37,5 24 0,151 10


27311 25 1“ 63,0 47,0 37,5 24 0,153 10
27312 25 1 1/4“ 63,0 47,0 43,5 31 0,221 10
27313 32 1 1/4“ 66,0 48,0 43,5 31 0,226 5
27314 32 1 1/2“ 76,5 58,5 60,0 39 0,408 5
6 27315 40 1 1/2“ 79,0 58,5 60,0 39 0,414 5
7.4
27316 40 2“ 79,0 58,5 74,0 50 0,650 5
9
11 27317 50 2“ 82,0 58,5 74,0 50 0,634 5
27318 50 2 1/4“ 83,0 59,5 84,0 55 0,750 5
27319 63 2 1/4“ 89,5 62,0 84,0 55 0,728 1
27320 63 2 3/4“ 95,0 65,5 101,0 67 1,093 1
27321 75 2 3/4“ 95,0 65,0 100,0 67 1,117 1
27322 75 3 1/2“ 100,0 70,0 100,0 67 1,436 1

BRASS COUNTERPART
with female thread, for ISO-standard adapter/loose nut adapter

Material: brass

Male Female
L l1 z2 SW Weight Box Price €
SDR Art. no. thread thread PU
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] unit pc
R1 R2

27510 1“ 1/2“ 25,0 14,0 15,0 25 0,063 10


27512 1 1/4“ 3/4“ 26,0 12,5 14,0 32 0,119 10
27514 1 1/2“ 1“ 31,0 15,0 17,0 40 0,175 5
6
7.4 27516 2“ 1 1/4“ 33,0 17,0 22,0 47 0,263 5
9 27518 2 1/4“ 1 1/2“ 36,0 20,0 19,0 57 0,333 5
11
27520 2 3/4“ 2“ 42,0 24,0 24,0 68 0,517 1
27522 3 1/2“ 2 1/2“ 46,0 24,0 27,0 84 0,801 1
27524 4“ 3“ 46,0 27,0 27,0 97 0,943 1

Notice: aquatherm green pipe metal compound fittings are manufactured from fusiolen® PP-R and brass. Metal inserts, without hex shaped spanner flat, with 1/2“ and 3/4“ f
are also available in stainless steel.

146
BRASS COUNTERPART
with male thread, for ISO-standard adapter/loose nut adapter

Material: brass

Thread Thread L l1 z2 SW Weight Box Price €


SDR Art. no. PU
R1 R2 [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] unit pc

27710 1“ 1/2“ 32,5 17,5 10,5 34 0,109 10


27712 1 1/4“ 3/4“ 38,5 21,0 12,5 42 0,188 10
27714 1 1/2“ 1“ 41,5 22,5 13,5 48 0,211 5
6
7.4 27716 2“ 1 1/4“ 44,5 22,5 13,0 60 0,363 5
9 27718 2 1/4“ 1 1/2“ 56,0 34,0 16,0 48 0,472 5
11
27720 2 3/4“ 2“ 63,0 38,0 16,0 62 0,803 1
27722 3 1/2“ 2 1/2“ 70,0 42,0 22,0 82 1,189 1
27724 4“ 3“ 74,0 42,0 22,0 97 1,398 1

DISTRIBUTION BLOCK PLUMBING


including 1 plug and 2 fasteners

Material: fusiolen® PP-R


Colour: green

T-Stück

d l z D d1 l1 z1 D1 l2 z2 c c1 cl l3 h Weight Box Price €


SDR Art. no. PU
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] unit pc

6
7.4 30115 25 60 44 40 20 77,5 63 29,5 79 63 32 80 100 36 51 0,273 1
11

30602

FOUR-PORT MANIFOLD
length: 246 mm, with 4 branches

Material: fusiolen® PP-R


Colour: green

d d1 l z D l1 z1 D1 l2 l3 L Weight Price €
SDR Art. no. PU Box unit
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

6 30602 32 16 40 22 43 29 16 29,5 57 36 245 0,148 1


7.4
9
11 30604 32 20 40 22 43 29 14,5 29,5 57 36 245 0,134 1

The four-port manifold can be shortened or extended by fusion with further four-port manifolds, if required.

147
MANIFOLD END PIECE WITH FEMALE THREAD*

Material: fusiolen® PP-R, brass


Standard: DIN 16962, DIN EN ISO 15874

R
d
Colour: green

z
l
L

d l z D L Weight Price €
SDR Art. no. R PU Box unit
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

6
7.4
30804 32 1/2“ 30,0 12,0 43,0 43,0 0,073 1
9
11
* transition piece as manifold endpiece with female thread

BALL VALVE FOR MANIFOLD


female/male

Material: fusiolen® PP-R, brass


Colour: green

d l z D z1 h l1 Weight Price €
SDR Art. no. PU Box unit
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

6
7.4
78000 32 63,0 45,0 47,5 46,5 78,0 108,0 0,575 2
9
11

60210

SUPPORTING STRAP FOR FOUR-PORT MANIFOLD


with clamps, galvanized, double

Material: steel/galvanized
Colour: zinc

d l l1 l2 h h1 Weight Price €
Art. no. PU Box unit
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

60210 32 210,0 80,0 57,0 66,0 46,0 0,226 2

148
40808

GLOBE VALVE
for surface installation

Material: fusiolen® PP-R, brass


Colour: green

d l z D h Weight Price €
SDR Art. no. PU Box unit
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

40808 20 35,0 20,5 29,5 75,3 0,165 1 100


6
7.4 40810 25 38,0 22,0 34,0 75,0 0,172 1 100
9 40812 32 49,0 31,0 43,0 97,0 0,314 1 60
11
40814 40 60,0 39,5 52,0 111,5 0,585 1

CONCEALED VALVE
chromium plated

Material: fusiolen® PP-R, brass


Colour: green

d l z D h h1 h2 Weight Price €
SDR Art. no. PU
40858
Box unit
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

6 40858 20 35,0 20,5 29,5 116,0 28,0 59,0 0,319 1


7.4
40860 25 38,0 22,0 34,0 116,0 28,0 59,0 0,330 1
9
11 40862 32 49,0 31,0 43,0 121,0 34,0 59,0 0,416 1

40900

EXTENSION FOR CONCEALED VALVE


chromium-plated for Art. no. 40858 – 40862

Material: brass
Colour: chrom

h Weight Price €
Art. no. PU Box unit
[mm] [kg] pc

40900 92,0 0,148 1


40902 132,0 0,209 1

149
CONCEALED VALVE
tamper proof/chromium-plated/short design

Material: fusiolen® PP-R, brass


Colour: green, chrom

d l z D h h1 Weight Price €
SDR Art. no. PU Box unit
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

6 40868 20 35,0 20,5 29,5 71,5 28,0 0,258 1 50


7.4
40870 25 38,0 22,0 34,0 72,0 28,0 0,288 1
9
11 40872 32 49,0 31,0 43,0 82,5 34,0 0,376 1

CONCEALED VALVE
tamper proof, chromium-plated, long design

Material: fusiolen® PP-R, brass


Colour: green, chrom

d l z D h h1 Price €
SDR Art. no. Weight [kg] PU Box unit
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] pc

6 40888 20 35,0 20,5 29,5 109,0 28,0 0,342 1


7.4
40890 25 38,0 22,0 34,0 109,0 28,0 0,350 1
9
11 40892 32 49,0 31,0 43,0 115,0 34,0 0,432 1

CONCEALED VALVE
suitable for construction depth of 55 mm to 100 mm

Material: fusiolen® PP-R, brass


Colour: green, chrom

40878

d l z D h h1 h2 Weight Price €
SDR Art. no. PU Box unit
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

6 40878 20 35,0 20,5 29,5 213,0 59,0 147,0 0,357 1


7.4
40880 25 38,0 22,0 34,0 213,0 59,0 147,0 0,369 1
9
11 40882 32 49,0 31,0 43,0 219,0 65,0 153,0 0,455 1

150
40908

STOP VALVE BODY

Material: fusiolen® PP-R, brass


Colour: green

d l z D h D1 Weight Price €
SDR Art. no. R PU Box unit
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

40908 20 3/4“ 35,0 20,0 29,5 28,0 44,0 0,082 1


6
7.4 40910 25 3/4“ 38,0 22,0 34,0 28,0 44,0 0,101 1
9 40912 32 1“ 49,0 31,0 43,0 34,0 52,0 0,146 1
11
40914 40 1 1/4“ 60,0 39,5 52,0 41,0 69,0 0,313 1

80114

INCLINED VALVE
without drain

Material: fusiolen® PP-R, brass


Colour: green

d l z D h Weight Price €
SDR Art. no. PU Box unit
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

41108 20 45,0 30,5 34,0 95,5 0,294 1


6
7.4 41110 25 45,0 29,0 34,0 95,5 0,283 1
9 41112 32 56,0 38,0 43,0 111,5 0,421 1
11
41114 40 65,0 44,5 52,0 135,0 0,834 1

80214

NON-RETURN VALVE
without drain

Material: fusiolen® PP-R, brass


Colour: green

d l z D h Weight Price €
SDR Art. no. PU Box unit
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

41208 20 45,0 30,5 34,0 95,5 0,297 1


6
7.4 41210 25 45,0 29,0 34,0 95,5 0,292 1
9 41212 32 56,0 38,0 43,0 111,5 0,432 1
11
41214 40 65,0 44,5 52,0 135,0 0,840 1

151
l1
BALL VALVE PP/BRASS

Material: fusiolen® PP-R, brass

h
Colour: green

D
d
z
L

d L z D h l1 Price €
SDR Art. no. Weight [kg] PU Box unit
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] pc

41308 20 110,00 40,50 29,50 56,00 79,00 0,280 1


41310 25 110,00 39,00 34,00 58,00 79,00 0,375 1
6
7.4 41312 32 127,00 45,50 43,00 66,00 103,00 0,592 1
9 41314 40 145,00 52,00 52,00 71,00 104,00 1,015 1
11

Art.N. 41488
41316 50 167,00 60,00 68,00 79,00 140,00 1,689 41376
1

. 41488 41318 63 205,00 75,00 84,00 88,00 140,00 2,874 1

Artikelliste 2015
elliste EXTENSION
2015
Seite 57 FOR AQUATHERM GREEN PIPE BALL VALVE
57 chromium-plated for Art. no. 41308 – 41318

Material: brass
Colour: chrom

l for Weight Price €


Art. no. PU Box unit
[mm] Art. no. [kg] pc

41378 35,0 41308-41310 0,120 1


41382 35,0 41312-41314 0,120 1
41386 46,0 41316-41318 0,273 1

l
PP-BALL VALVE l
with union nut and welding socket
h2

Material: fusiolen® PP-R


h2

Colour: green
d1
D
d
d1

h1
D
d

h1

l2 l1
l2 l3 l1
l3 L
L

d d1 D h1 h2 l1 l2 l3 L l Weight Price €
SDR Art. no. PU Box unit
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc

41488 20 13,5 50,3 27,0 48,0 25,0 56,5 68,0 97,0 48,0 0,118 1
41490 25 18,5 59,0 30,0 56,5 25,0 65,5 78,0 110,0 59,0 0,184 1
6
7.4 41492 32 23,9 70,3 40,0 64,5 26,0 72,0 84,5 120,5 59,0 0,274 1
9 41494 40 31,0 85,9 46,0 83,3 45,0 85,0 100,0 141,0 63,5 0,483 1
11
41496 50 38,5 99,5 55,0 89,4 45,0 89,0 107,0 154,0 63,5 0,648 1
41498 63 50,0 125,5 70,0 115,0 45,0 101,0 118,0 173,0 108,0 1,206 1
Also suitable for vacuum pipes.

152
ELECTRICAL DRIVE FOR BALL VALVE
incl. fixtures
For Art. no. 41488 – 41498

Colour: black/red

Dimension Weight Price €


Art. no. for Art. no. PU Box unit
[mm] [kg] pc

230 Volt
41489 20 incl. fixtures for 41488 1,500 1
41491 25 incl. fixtures for 41490 1,600 1
41493 32 incl. fixtures for 41492 1,600 1
41495 40 incl. fixtures for 41494 1,600 1
41497 50 incl. fixtures for 41496 1,700 1
41499 63 incl. fixtures for 41498 1,700 1
24 Volt
41589 20 incl. fixtures for 41488 1,500 1
41591 25 incl. fixtures for 41490 1,600 1
41593 32 incl. fixtures for 41492 1,600 1
41595 40 incl. fixtures for 41494 1,600 1
41597 50 incl. fixtures for 41496 1,700 1
41599 63 incl. fixtures for 41498 1,700 1

EXTENSION FOR BALL VALVE


For Art. no. 41488 – 41498

Material: PVC
Colour: grey

l Weight Price €
Art. no. for Art. no. PU Box unit
[mm] [kg] pc

98900 100 41488 0,020 1


98901 100 41490/41492 0,025 1
98902 100 41494/41496 0,030 1
98903 100 41498 0,125 1
Delivery time: on request

153
z
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4

l1 H

PP-BALL VALVE
with union nut and welding socket
Art.N.
Art.N.41602
41602 G

Artikelliste
Artikelliste2015
2015 F

h
Material: fusiolen® PP-R
Colour: green
Seite
Seite5858 E

D
d
D

z C

L
B
This is a drawing derivation
of a 3D model. Changes must be
carried out in the 3D model.
Divergences for dimen-
Copyright sion without tolerances
reserved DIN ISO 2768-mK

d L z D h l1 Weight Price €
DIN 16901
filename: 138940
date: name:

SDR Art. no. Inch R DN PU Box unit

Respect protective note according to DIN ISO 16016


designed: 08.12.08 G. Pohlmeier
checked: 06.12.19 A. Kran

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] pc


A

deduced from: externa

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4

6
7.4
41400 75 276,0 108,0 129,0 139,0 152,0 0,00 65 2,441 1
9
11
Also suitable for vacuum pipes.

l l

PP-BALL VALVE
with flange connection on both sides

h1
h1
Material: fusiolen® PP-R D D
d d
Colour: green
h2
h2

z z

for ø d l z D h1 h2 Weight Box Price €


SDR Art. no. PU
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] unit pc

6 41602 90 77,0 210,0 124,0 160,0 150,0 93,0 4,196 1


7.4
41604 110 94,0 260,0 145,0 180,0 165,0 103,0 5,612 1
9
11 41607 160 135,0 310,0 205,0 240,0 210,0 136,5 13,420 1
Also suitable for vacuum pipes.
For dimension 125 mm the PP-ball valve Art. no. 41604 with flange adapter Art. no. 15526 and flange Art. no. 15724 is used.
For connection with aquatherm green pipe weldable flange adapter (Art. no. 15520 – 15531) and aquatherm green pipe plastic coated steel flange (Art. no. 15720 – 15730)

Hexagon screw M 16x60 mm for Art. no. 41602/41604


Hexagon screw M 20x80 mm for Art. no. 41607
corresponding flat washer M 16

NOTICE: These are not included in delivery.

ELECTRICAL DRIVE FOR BALL VALVE


incl. fixtures
For Art. no. 41602 – 41607

Colour: black/red

Dimension Weight Price €


Art. no. for Art. no. PU Box unit
[mm] [kg] pc

230 Volt
41603 90 incl. fixtures for 41602 3,300 1
41605 110 incl. fixtures for 41604 3,400 1
41608 160 incl. fixtures for 41607 3,700 1
24 Volt
41703 90 incl. fixtures for 41602 3,300 1
41705 110 incl. fixtures for 41604 3,400 1
41708 160 incl. fixtures for 41607 3,700 1

154
EXTENSION FOR BALL VALVE
For Art. no. 41602–41607

l Weight Price €
Art. no. for Art. no. PU Box unit
[mm] [kg] m/pc

98904 150 41602 0,788 1


98905 150 41604 1,120 1
98906 150 41607 1,391 1
Delivery time: on request

41408

DRAINING BRANCH
to weld in aquatherm green pipe valves

Material: fusiolen® PP-R, brass


Colour: green

d z l D z1 h Weight Box Price €


SDR Art. no. PU
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] unit pc

41408 20 11,5 26,0 34,0 16,5 71,0 0,098 1


41410 25 10,0 26,0 34,0 16,5 71,0 0,096 1
6
7.4 41412 32 14,0 32,0 43,0 17,0 74,5 0,118 1
9 41414 40 12,0 32,5 52,0 16,5 80,5 0,140 1
11
41416 50 15,5 39,0 68,0 17,0 88,0 0,202 1
41418 63 16,5 44,0 84,0 16,5 96,0 0,288 1

155
Important: Do not cut the aquatherm pipes with customary hack saws.
aquatherm pipes can be cut with customary saws equipped with saw blades suitable for plastic.

PIPE CUTTER
Price €
Art. no. for pipe dimensions PU Box unit
pc
50102 16-40mm 1
50105 50-125mm 1
50106 63-200mm 1

PIPE CUTTER
Price €
Art. no. for pipe dimensions PU Box unit
pc
50104 16-40mm 1

ORBITAL CIRCULAR SAW


Price €
Art. no. for pipe dimensions PU Box unit
pc
50108 160-355mm 1
This orbital circular saw can be ordered directly from Rothenberger with Art. no. 55620 (www.rothenberger.com).
High-performance orbital circular saw for fast, precise, perfectly aligned and right-angled cutting of plastic pipes 160 – 355 mm at
the building site or in the workshop.

CUTTING DISC FOR PLASTIC


Price €
Art. no. Dimension borehole PU Box unit
pc
50107 ø 125mm 22,2 mm 1
50109 ø 230mm 22,2 mm 1
Application: for each angle grinder
Design: diamant galvanized cutting disc

MANUAL WELDING DEVICE (500 W)


Price €
Art. no. for pipe dimensions PU Box unit
aquather m

pc
50336 ø 16-32mm 1
for one tool, with base and case for tools
Also available: 110 V (Art. no. 450336)

MANUAL WELDING DEVICE (800 W)


fusiotherm

Price €
Art. no. for pipe dimensions PU Box unit
pc
aquatherm

50337 ø 16-63mm 1
Also available: 110 V (Art. no. 450337)

MANUAL WELDING DEVICE (1400 W)


Price €
Art. no. for pipe dimensions PU Box unit
pc
aquatherm

50341 ø 50-125mm 1
Also available: 110 V (Art. no. 450341)

156
WELDING MACHINE (1400 W)
Price €
Art. no. for pipe dimensions PU Box unit
pc
50148 ø 50-125 mm - 230 V 1
including welding tools 50 – 125 mm, roll stand and wooden transport case
Also available: 110 V (Art. no. 450148)

WELDING MACHINE (1400 W) LIGHT


Price €
Art. no. for pipe dimensions PU Box unit
pc
50145 ø 63-125mm 1
including manual welding device (1400 W) and wooden transport case
Also available: 110 V (Art. no. 450145)

ELECTRIC WELDING JIG


Weight Price €
Art. no. for pipe dimensions PU Box unit
[kg] pc aquatherm

50161 63-125mm 24,000 1


including standby accumulator, charging station and metal case
Also available: 110 V (Art. no. 450159)

BASE FOR ART. NO. 50159


aquatherm

Price € 50161
Art. no. Dimension PU Box unit
pc
50151 1 50151

BUTT WELDING MACHINE-TWO-RING-MACHINE WIDOS


Weight Price €
Art. no. Dimension [mm] PU Box unit
[kg] pc
50350* ø 160 - 250 154,000 1
50351* ø 160 - 315 178,000 1
The butt-welding-two-ring machine can be purchased directly from Widos (www.widos.de)
Two-ring machine for pipes 160 – 355 mm available on request
* Also available in design with 110 volt (Art. no. 450350 = ø 160 – 250 mm / 450351 = ø 160 – 315 mm)

BUTT WELDING MACHINE WIDOS


Weight Price €
Art. no. Dimension PU Box unit
[kg] pc
50352* ø 160-250mm 195,000 1
50353* ø 160-315mm 250,000 1
50354* ø 160-355mm 425,000 1
50355* ø 200-450mm 430,000 1
50356** ø 200-500mm 500,000 1
50357** ø 315-630mm 885,000 1
The butt-welding-machine can be purchased directly from Widos (www.widos.de)
 lso available in design with 110 volt (Art. no. 450352 = ø 160 – 250 mm / 450353 = ø 160 – 315 mm /
* A
450354 = ø 160 – 355 mm / 450355 = ø 200 – 450 mm)
** special voltage on demand

MANUAL WELDING DEVICE (1500 W) FOR SADDLE WELDING Ø 50 – 160 MM


Price €
Art. no. for pipe dimensions PU Box unit
pc
50330 ø 50-160mm 1

157
BUTT WELDING MACHINE RITMO
Weight Price €
Art. no. for pipe dimensions PU Box unit
[kg] pc
50165* ø 160-250mm 176,500 1
50166* ø 160-315mm 160,000 1
50177 ø 160-355mm 336,500 1
50169 ø 400-630mm 710,000 1
including wooden transport box. The butt welding machine can be obtained directly from Ritmo (www.ritmo.it)
* Also available: 110 V (Art. no. 450165 for ø 160 – 250 mm / Art. no. 450166 for ø 160 – 315 mm)
Two-ring machine for pipes 160 – 355 mm available on request

ELECTROFUSION DEVICE
Price €
Art. no. for pipe dimensions PU Box unit
pc



50175 ø 20-250mm 1

 





For processing with electro-fusion-sockets Art. no. 17208 – 17238.


Special calibration-tools – optainable on request – are required
50190

TEMPERATURE PENCIL
Price €
Art. no. Dimension PU Box unit
pc
50190 1
to check the correct welding temperature

SURFACE THERMOMETER
Price €
Art. no. Dimension PU Box unit
pc
50188 1
to check the correct welding temperature

TEMPERATURE PREDECTIVE GLOVE


for tool change
Price €
Art. no. Dimension PU Box unit
pc
50195 2

CLEANING WIPES
Price €
Art. no. Dimension PU Box unit
pc
50193 Box/100 towels 1
for electrofusion sockets
50208

WELDING TOOLS
Dimension Price €
Art. no. PU Box unit
[mm] pc
50206 16 1
50208 20 1
50210 25 1
50212 32 1
50214 40 1
50216 50 1
50218 63 1
50220 75 1
50222 90 1
50224 110 1
50226 125 1

158
REPAIR SET
Price €
Art. no. Dimension PU Box unit
pc
50307 7mm 1
Art.N. 11006
50311 11mm
Artikelliste 2015 1
Seite 18
to close holes of up to 10 mm in the pipe (pipe repair stick Art. no. 60600) Art.N. 21108
Artikelliste 2015
L Art.N. 13106 Seite 45
PIPE REPAIR STICK z
Artikelliste 2015
Seite 24
for pipe repairs

D
d
Art.N. 12106
Artikelliste 2015 Price €
Art. no. Dimension PU Box unit
Seite 21 pc
L
z1 z1

60600 7/11mm 10

D
d
z

z
SW

l
D

R
d
l z1
L

aquatherm UNIVERSAL PEELING TOOLS


for aquatherm green pipe MF UV, aquatherm green pipe MF RP UV, aquatherm blue pipe MF RP UV and aquatherm blue pipe MF OT

l
z

Required for the socket welding


(in combination with socket welding fittings, e.g. sockets, elbows , T-pieces, transition pieces with thread)
d
D

Also suitable for manual peeling (bolts included)

Price €
Art. no. Dimension [mm] PU Box unit
pc
50479 20 1
50480 25 1
50481 32 1
50482 40 1
50483 50 1
50484 63 1
50485 75 1 incl. bolts
for manual peeling
50486 90 1
50487 110 1
50488 125 1

50501 Spare blade with screw (Set) 1

not suitable for aquatherm green pipe S, aquatherm blue pipe S, aquatherm green pipe MF, aquatherm green pipe MF RP,
aquatherm green pipe TI, aquatherm blue pipe RP TI

S = single, MF = multi-layer fibre, OT = oxygen-tight, UV = UV-resistant, TI = thermal insulation, RP = raised pressure

159
aquatherm EXTENSION FOR UNIVERSAL PEELING TOOL
Required for the electrofusion socket welding

When electrofusion welding a longer welding depth is required, which is achieved by the combination
of the universal peeling tool and the extension for the universal peeling tool (e.g. Art. no. 50479+50489)

Price €
Art. no. Dimension PU Box unit
pc
50489 for peeling tool 20 mm Art. no. 50479 1
50490 for peeling tool 25 mm Art. no. 50480 1
50491 for peeling tool 32 mm Art. no. 50481 1
50492 for peeling tool 40 mm Art. no. 50482 1
50493 for peeling tool 50 mm Art. no. 50483 1
50494 for peeling tool 63 mm Art. no. 50484 1
50495 for peeling tool 75 mm Art. no. 50485 1
50496 for peeling tool 90 mm Art. no. 50486 1
50497 for peeling tool 110 mm Art. no. 50487 1
50498 for peeling tool 125 mm Art. no. 50488 1

ATTACHMENT PLATE FOR UNIVERSAL PEELING TOOL


In combination with or without extension for universal peeling tools for drilling machine

Price €
Art. no. Dimension PU Box unit
pc
50499 for universal peeling tool 50479 – 50484 1
50500 for universal peeling tool 50485 – 50488 1
Delivery without drilling machine!

UNIVERSAL PEELING TOOL-SET


20 – 63 mm

Price €
Art. no. Dimension PU Box unit
pc
50477 for ø 20 – 63 mm 1

consisting of:

1x case
Each 1x 50479 – 50484 peeling tool 20 – 63 mm
1x 50499 attachment plate for universal peeling tool 50479 – 50484
1x 50503 1 toggle-set
1x 50504 torx wrench
1x 50505 hexagon Allen key size 4
6x 99793 6 fixing screws for Art. no. 50489 – 50494 M5x25

UNIVERSAL PEELING TOOL-SET


75 – 125 mm

Price €
Art. no. Dimension PU Box unit
pc
50478 for ø 75 - 125 mm 1

consisting of:

1x case
Each 1x 50485 – 50488 peeling tool 75 – 125 mm
1x 50500 attachment plate for universal peeling tool 50485 – 50488
1x 50503 1 toggle-set
1x 50504 torx wrench
1x 50505 hexagon Allen key size 4
6x 99794 6 fixing screws for Art. no. 50495 – 50498 M5x35

160
SPARE BLADE SET FOR ART. NO. 50509
Art. no. Dimension PU Box unit Price € Set
99909 2 pieces = 1 set 1

CHAMFERING TOOL FOR OT AND UV PIPES


Art. no. Dimension PU Box unit Price € pc
50510 Anfasgerät 32-250mm 1

For removing the OT-layer before the butt-welding process and for breaking the edges of the pipe for processing the push-fit adapter
and push-fit coupling.

aquatherm PEELING TOOLS FOR ELECTROFUSION SOCKET WELDING (ART. NO.17208 – 17238)
for aquatherm green pipe S, aquatherm green pipe MF, aquatherm green pipe MF RP, aquatherm green pipe MF TI,
aquatherm blue pipe S RP, aquatherm blue pipe MF RP and aquatherm blue pipe MF RP TI

Required to remove the oxid coating

Price €
Art. no. Dimension [mm] PU Box unit
pc
In combination with a drilling machine
50558 20 1
50560 25 1
50562 32 1
50564 40 1
50566 50 1
50568 63 1
Art. no. 50558 – 50572
50570 75 1
In combination with a
50572 90 1
drilling machine (not included!)

50440 spare blade 1

For manual peeling


50574 110 1
50576 125 1
50580 160 1

Art. no. 50574 – 50580


50441 spare blade 1

For manual peeling


50592 200 + 250 1

99739 spare blade 1

Not suitable for aquatherm green pipe UV, aquatherm green pipe MF RP UV, aquatherm blue pipe MF RP UV and aquatherm blue pipe MF RP OT
Art. no. 50592
S = single, MF = multi-layer fibre, OT = oxygen-tight, UV = UV-resistant, TI = thermal insulation, RP = raised pressure

Spare parts such as blades can be requested under [email protected]!

161
50619

SADDLE WELDING TOOLS


for welding saddles

Price €
Art. no. Dimension PU Box unit
pc
50614 40x20/25mm 1
50616 50x20/25mm 1
50619 63x20/25mm 1
50620 63x32mm 1
50623 75x20/25mm 1
50624 75x32mm 1
50625 75x40mm 1
50627 90x20/25mm 1
50628 90x32mm 1
50629 90x40mm 1
50631 110x20/25mm 1
50632 110x32mm 1
50634 110x40mm 1
50635 110x50mm 1
50636 125x20/25mm 1
50638 125x32mm 1
50640 125x40mm 1
50642 125x50mm 1
50644 125x63mm 1
50648 160x20/25mm 1
50650 160x32mm 1
50652 160x40mm 1
50654 160x50mm 1
50656 160x63mm 1
50657 160x75mm 1
50658 160x90mm 1
50660 200x20/25mm 1
50662 200x32mm 1
50664 200x40mm 1
50666 200x50mm 1
50667 200x75mm 1
50668 200x63mm 1
50669 200x90mm 1
50670 200x110mm 1
50671 200x125mm 1
50672 250x20/25mm 1
50674 250x32mm 1
50676 250x40mm 1
50678 250x50mm 1
50680 250x63mm 1
50682 250x75mm 1

162
50619

SADDLE WELDING TOOLS


for welding saddles

Price €
Art. no. Dimension PU Box unit
pc
50684 250x90mm 1
50686 250x110mm 1
50688 250x125mm 1
50690 315x63mm 1
50692 315x75mm 1
50694 315x90mm 1
50696 315x110mm 1
50698 315x125mm 1
50699 315x160mm 1
50712 355x63mm 1
50714 355x75mm 1
50716 355x90mm 1
50718 355x110mm 1
50720 355x125mm 1
50722 355x160mm 1
50726 400-630x63mm 1
50728 400-500x75mm 1
50730 630x75mm 1
50732 400-500x90mm 1
50734 630x90mm 1
50736 400-450x110mm 1
50738 500x110mm 1
50740 630x110mm 1
50742 400x125mm 1
50744 450-500x125mm 1
50746 630x125mm 1

163
SADDLE PEELING TOOLS FOR OT UND UV PIPES Ø 50 – 125 mm
Art. no. Dimension PU Box unit Price € pc
50921 for welding saddles 20 & 25 mm 1
50922 for ø 32 mm 1
50924 for ø 40 mm 1
50926 for ø 50 mm 1
50928 for ø 63 mm 1

SADDLE PEELING TOOLS FOR OT UND UV PIPES Ø 160 – 250 mm


Art. no. Dimension PU Box unit Price € pc
50421 for welding saddles ø 20 & 25 mm 1
50422 for welding saddles ø 32 mm 1
50424 for welding saddles ø 40 mm 1
50426 for welding saddles ø 50 mm 1
50428 for welding saddles ø 63 mm 1

DRILLS for installation of weld-in saddles


Art. no. Dimension PU Box unit Price € m/pc
50940 20&25mm (40-160mm) 1
50941 20&25mm (63-250mm) 1
50942 32mm 1
50944 40mm 1
50946* 50mm 1
50948* 63mm 1

* may only be used in fixed drilling machines!

DRILL DUSS DIA303


Price €
Art. no. Dimension PU Box unit
pc
50978 1

CHUCK ADAPTER FOR ART. NO. 50971


Price €
Art. no. Dimension PU Box unit
pc
50969 1

KEYLESS CHUCK clamping range 1,5 – 13mm


Price €
Art. no. Dimension PU Box unit
pc
50971 1

164
HOLE SAW HOLDER LSA3
Price €
Art. no. Dimension PU Box unit
pc
50976 1/2“ for drill chuck 1

HOLE SAW HOLDER LSA2


Price €
Art. no. Dimension PU Box unit
pc
50974 1/2“ for DUSS-machines 1

SADDLE-HOLE SAW FOR BRANCH for assembly of weld-in saddles


Price €
Art. no. Dimension Required items PU Box unit
pc
50987 75mm 50973 1
50988 90mm 50973 1
50989 110mm 50975 & 50976 1
50990 125mm 50975 & 50976 1
50991 160mm 50975 & 50976 1

QUICK CHANGE ADAPTER 75 – 90MM


Price €
Art. no. Dimension PU Box unit
pc
50973 for Art. no. 50987 – 50988 1

CENTER DRILL LSZ 1


Price €
Art. no. Dimension PU Box unit
pc
50975 with capture sleeve 1

DRILL RIG FOR DUSS-DRILL


Price €
Art. no. Dimension PU Box unit
pc
50977 1

WELDING FIXTURE FOR DRILL RIG 50977


Price €
Art. no. Dimension PU Box unit
pc
50979 1

HOLE SAW SYSTEM


Art. no. 50975
Art. no. 50974

Art. no. 50976

Art. no. 50989 – 50991


Art. no. 50969 Art. no. 50971

Art. no. 50969 Art. no. 50971 Art. no. 50973 Art. no. 50987 & 50988

165
HOT TAPPING TOOL
for drilling of pipes under pressure

The hot tapping tool (Art. no. 50890) is used for drilling pipes for branche connections in the dimensions 40 and 63 mm.
The PP-main pipes aquatherm green pipe and blue pipe with the pipe structure S and MF UV from 75 mm to 630 mm can be drilled under medium pressure (water) of ma-
ximum 6 bar and a medium temperature of 10 – 60 °C.

Notice: do not use with aquatherm blue pipe OT

HOT TAPPING TOOL


for weld-on saddle set with ball valve

Price €
Art. no. Dimension PU Box unit
pc
50890 for dimension 40 + 63mm 1

ADAPTER FOR WELD-ON SADDLE SET WITH BALL VALVE 40 MM


for installation under pressure

Dimension Price €
Art. no. PU Box unit
[mm] pc
50891 40 1

ADAPTER FOR WELD-ON SADDLE SET WITH BALL VALVE 63 MM


for installation under pressure

Dimension Price €
Art. no. PU Box unit
[mm] pc
50892 63 1

PP-MILLING CUTTER FOR WELD-ON SADDLE SET WITH BALL VALVE 40 MM


for installation under pressure
for Art. no. 50891

Dimension
Dimension Price €
Art. no. PU Box unit m/pc
[mm] pc
50893 4040
mm 1 3

PP-MILLING CUTTER FOR WELD-ON SADDLE SET WITH BALL VALVE 63 MM


for installation under pressure
for Art. no. 50892

Dimension Price €
Art. no. PU Box unit
[mm] pc
50894 63 1

166
aquatherm WELD-ON SADDLE TOOL
for weld-on saddle set with ball valve for installation under pressure for hot tapping tool Art. no. 50890
Not suitable for aquatherm blue pipe OT!

Price €
Art. no. Dimension PU Box unit
pc
50760 75x40mm 1
50761 90x40mm 1
50762 110x40mm 1
50763 125x40mm 1
50764 125x63mm 1
50765 160x40mm 1
50766 160x63mm 1
50767 200x40mm 1
50768 200x63mm 1
50769 250x40mm 1
50770 250x63mm 1
50771 315x63mm 1
50772 355x63mm 1
50773 400-630x63mm 1

HOT TAPPING TOOL


for drilling pipes under pressure

The hot tapping tool (Art. no. 50890) is for drilling of pipelines. PP-main pipes
from 75 mm to 630 mm can be drilled under pressure.

The following accessories are required for processing:

adapter for ball valve 40 mm Art. no. 50891


Art. no 50890
adapter for ball valve 63 mm Art. no. 50892
PP-milling cutter 40 mm Art. no. 50893
PP-milling cutter 63 mm Art. no. 50894
aquatherm weld-on saddle tool Art. no. 50760 – 50773
aquatherm weld-on saddle set Art. no. 16175 – 16300
with ball valve

Art. no 50893 Art. no 50894


Art.N. 41488+ Aufschweisssattel

Art. no 50891 Art. no 50892

Art. no Art. no
16175 16198
16181 16216
16188 16233
16196 16253
16212 16260
16231 16300
16251

In combination with In combination with


weld-on saddle tool weld-on saddle tool

Art. no Art. no
50760 50764
50761 50766
50762 50768
50763 50770
50765 50771
50767 50772
50769 50773

167
NOTES

168
NOTES

169
NOTES

170
TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Important note regarding our sales, warranty and delivery conditions:

Our sales and delivery conditions (issue: 2014) as well as the contact details of our technical sales department
and our representatives can be found on our website www.aquatherm.de.

Errors, misprints and technical modifications reserved. With the appearance of this catalogue all previous issues become void.

aquatherm GmbH, 2020. This technical information is protected by copyright. Reproductions are prosecuted.

171
aquatherm - Pipe system made of polypropylene For potable water supply

Management
System
ISO 9001:2015
ISO 14001:2015
ISO 50001:2011

www.tuv.com
Order-No.: E10101

ID 0091005348
Edition: 08.2020

aquatherm GmbH
Biggen 5 | 57439 Attendorn | Germany | Tel.: +49 2722 950 0
[email protected] | www.aquatherm.de

You might also like